Initial import of kkbswitch 1.4.3

pull/1/head
Slávek Banko 11 years ago
commit ae0c828ac2

@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
creator and maintainer
Thanks to:
Mikhail Senin <m_senin@mail.ru>,
Default group config and per-window groups,
Rashid N. Achilov <achilov@granch.ru>
FreeBSD port
Vadim Kriklivy (K&K Analitic) <analitic@vinnitsa.com>
Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation
Sergey V Turchin <zerg@altlinux.org>
Autostart patch
Stergios Dramis <sdramis@egnatia.ee.auth.gr>
Greek translation
Shlomi Loubaton <shlomister@gmail.com>
Manpage, Debian package maintainer
Igal aka "Koala" <igalfr@netvision.net.il>
Hebrew translation, Gentoo ebuild maintainer

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
2001-07-29 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Initial release 0.1
2001-09-01 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 0.2
* added DCOP bindings (see README)
* fixed a compilation problem with gcc 2.96
* fixed a bug that prevented KKBSwitch from working with XFree86 4.0.x
(older versions tolerated this bug)
2001-11-19 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 0.3 (not indended for public release)
* If XKeyboard configuration changes while KKBSwitch is running, it can
now detect the change and adapt to it
* Wrote documentation
2001-11-21 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.0
* Integrated online help
* Added "What's this" functionality
* Cleaned up some code
2002-06-16 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.1
* Ported to KDE 3.0. Everything else is the same
2002-11-02 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.2
* Added configuration of default layout and the per-window layout mode (using
code contributed by Mikhail Senin <m_senin@mail.ru>). Updated documentation
accordingly
* Added Russian translation
2003-10-18 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.3
* Added configurable style of layout indicator icon. Three styles are
implemented: country flag (as in previous versions of KKBSwitch),
language code (a la Windows), country flag with language code
superimposed (a la kxkb)
* Added ability to activate particular layouts with keyboard shortcuts
* Added autostart option
* Work around missing country flag icons in Red Hat 9: try to use
gkb icons instead
* In configuration dialog the default layout is now displayed in bold
* Added Ukrainian translation
2003-11-02 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.3.1
* Restored compatibility with KDE 3.0, unintentionally broken in the
previous release
* Updated Ukrainian translation
2004-01-08 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.3.2
* Bugfix: previously the config dialog failed to set a icon for a layout, for
which KKBSwitch could not initially guess the icon
* Added Greek translation (from Stergios Dramis <sdramis@egnatia.ee.auth.gr>)
* Set KDEDIR in RPM spec file (fixes reported problems with incorrect
installation from SRPM)
* configure option to not install ru_ua layout file (--disable-ru-ua-layout)
2004-05-10 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.4.
* Reworked Pick Icon dialog: new look and ability to browse for an
arbitrary image file to use as an icon (suggested by Rashid Achilov).
* Option "Use per-window layout" replaced by "Layout scope". Now the
layout can apply either globally (same as "per-window layout" off), to
one window only (same as "per-window layout" on) or to windows of
one application (new feature) (technically, one window class)
(suggested by Oded Arbel).
* Internal code refactoring, must fix some obscure bugs.
2004-06-16 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.4.1.
* Fixed a bug that could crash KKBSwitch if no window was active when
the program started up.
* Fixed alignment of the system tray icon.
* Added Slovak translation (from Michal Sulek <reloadshot@atlas.sk>)
2004-11-06 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.4.2
* Added Hebrew translation by Igal aka "Koala" and manpage by Shlomi Loubaton
(required for Debian)
2005-01-15 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
* Version 1.4.3
* Added Bulgarian translation by Petko Yotov <5ko@free.fr> and Czech
translation by Michal Bukovsky <michal@trilogic.cz>
* Try harder to guess layout icon. If group_names file produces no match, try XKB
layout name as country code.

@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
# Doxyfile 1.3.5-KDevelop
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Project related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROJECT_NAME = kkbswitch.kdevelop
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.1
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY =
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
USE_WINDOWS_ENCODING = NO
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
"The $name widget" \
"The $name file" \
is \
provides \
specifies \
contains \
represents \
a \
an \
the
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO
STRIP_FROM_PATH = /home/lz/src/kkbswitch/kkbswitch/
SHORT_NAMES = NO
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
DETAILS_AT_TOP = NO
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
TAB_SIZE = 8
ALIASES =
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
SUBGROUPING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Build related configuration options
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXTRACT_ALL = NO
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
INLINE_INFO = YES
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
QUIET = NO
WARNINGS = YES
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
WARN_LOGFILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the input files
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
INPUT = /home/lz/src/kkbswitch/kkbswitch
FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \
*.cc \
*.cxx \
*.cpp \
*.c++ \
*.java \
*.ii \
*.ixx \
*.ipp \
*.i++ \
*.inl \
*.h \
*.hh \
*.hxx \
*.hpp \
*.h++ \
*.idl \
*.odl \
*.cs \
*.php \
*.php3 \
*.inc \
*.C \
*.H \
*.tlh \
*.diff \
*.patch \
*.moc \
*.xpm \
*.dox
RECURSIVE = yes
EXCLUDE =
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
EXAMPLE_PATH =
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
IMAGE_PATH =
INPUT_FILTER =
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to source browsing
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
REFERENCES_RELATION = YES
VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
IGNORE_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the HTML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_HTML = YES
HTML_OUTPUT = html
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
HTML_HEADER =
HTML_FOOTER =
HTML_STYLESHEET =
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
CHM_FILE =
HHC_LOCATION =
GENERATE_CHI = NO
BINARY_TOC = NO
TOC_EXPAND = NO
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_LATEX = YES
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
LATEX_HEADER =
PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO
USE_PDFLATEX = NO
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the RTF output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_RTF = NO
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
COMPACT_RTF = NO
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the man page output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_MAN = NO
MAN_OUTPUT = man
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
MAN_LINKS = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the XML output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_XML = yes
XML_OUTPUT = xml
XML_SCHEMA =
XML_DTD =
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
MACRO_EXPANSION = NO
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
INCLUDE_PATH =
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
PREDEFINED =
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to external references
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
TAGFILES =
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
HAVE_DOT = NO
CLASS_GRAPH = YES
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
UML_LOOK = NO
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
CALL_GRAPH = NO
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
DOT_PATH =
DOTFILE_DIRS =
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_WIDTH = 1024
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_HEIGHT = 1024
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 1000
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEARCHENGINE = NO

@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
Basic Installation
==================
These are generic installation instructions.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache'
contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
`configure' itself.
Running `configure' takes a while. While running, it prints some
messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation.
4. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure'
initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using
a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
this:
CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for
one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
architecture.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
option `--prefix=PATH'.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the host type.
If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
system on which you are compiling the package.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Operation Controls
==================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
`./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
debugging `configure'.
`--help'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
`-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.
`--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`--version'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
SUBDIRS = $(TOPSUBDIRS)
$(top_srcdir)/configure.in: configure.in.in $(top_srcdir)/subdirs
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f admin/Makefile.common configure.in ;
$(top_srcdir)/subdirs:
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(MAKE) -f admin/Makefile.common subdirs
$(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4: $(top_srcdir)/admin/acinclude.m4.in $(top_srcdir)/admin/libtool.m4.in
@cd $(top_srcdir) && cat admin/acinclude.m4.in admin/libtool.m4.in > acinclude.m4
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = subdirs configure.in acinclude.m4 configure.files
package-messages:
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(MAKE) includedir=$(kde_includes) -f admin/Makefile.common package-messages
$(MAKE) -C po merge
EXTRA_DIST = admin COPYING configure.in.in Makefile.cvs kkbswitch.1\
configure.files Doxyfile kkbswitch.kdevelop kkbswitch.lsm \
kkbswitch.spec kkbswitch.xpm subdirs kkbswitch.sgml
man_MANS = kkbswitch.1
DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --disable-ru-ua-layout
KDE_OPTIONS = noautodist
dist-hook:
cd $(top_distdir) && perl admin/am_edit -padmin
cd $(top_distdir) && $(MAKE) -f admin/Makefile.common subdirs
# rm -f $(distdir)/kkbswitch.kdevelop.pcs
# rm -f $(distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-*.tar.gz
rpmdir = _rpm
specfile = $(PACKAGE).spec
rpm: $(specfile)
rm -rf $(rpmdir)
mkdir $(rpmdir)
mkdir -p rpms
cd $(rpmdir) && \
mkdir RPMS SRPMS SOURCES SPECS BUILD RPMS/i386 RPMS/noarch && \
cp ../$(specfile) SPECS && \
cp ../$(distdir).tar.gz SOURCES && \
rpmbuild --define "_topdir "`pwd` -ba SPECS/$(specfile) && \
cp SRPMS/* RPMS/*/* ../rpms && cd .. && rm -rf $(rpmdir)

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
all:
@echo "This Makefile is only for the CVS repository"
@echo "This will be deleted before making the distribution"
@echo ""
$(MAKE) -f admin/Makefile.common cvs
dist:
$(MAKE) -f admin/Makefile.common dist
.SILENT:

@ -0,0 +1 @@

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
NOTE: As of version 1.0 KKBSwitch has online documentation, so refer to it for
more information. This README file will no longer be maintained, but the
documentation will instead.
KKBSwitch
by Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
Version 1.0
KKBSwitch is a keyboard layout indicator for KDE 2. It is useful when you have
configured the XKeyboard extension of your X Server to have more than one
keyboard group, for example US/ASCII and Russian. KKBSwitch displays an icon
in the system tray that indicates which layout is currently active. Note that
KKBSwitch does not help you configure XKeyboard, it merely serves as the
indicator of the current group. You still have to configure XKeyboard by
editing XF86Config file.
KKBSwitch features:
- displays an icon in the KDE's system tray indicating the active keyboard group
- you can switch keyboard groups by clicking the icon or selecting the
desired group from the icon's menu
- icons corresponding to different groups are configurable (chosen from country
flag pixmaps that ship with KDE)
- "Toggle mode" (see below for more).
Using KKBSwicth.
The most basic usage is simply to let it sit in the system tray and show you
which keyboard group is currently active. You can also click the KKBSwicth
system tray icon to switch keyboard layouts. When right-clicked, the system
tray icon displays a menu with the following entries:
- one or more entries corresponding to the configured keyboard groups (XKeyboard
can have up to 4 groups configured). The currently active group will be checked.
Selecting a menu entry corresponding to a group will make that group active.
- "Configure Keyboard Switch..." entry lets you configure KKBSwitch
- "About Keyboard Switch" displays a standard "About" dialog
- "Quit" quits KKBSwitch.
Configuring KKBSwicth.
In the KKBSwitch configuration dialog you can do the following:
- set the icons corresponding to the available keyboard groups. Note that
KKBSwitch will try hard to guess the correct icon based on the name of the
keyboard group (the names are configured in XKeyboard). For example, it will
display the US flag for US/ASCII group, German flag for German group, Russian
flag for Russian group, etc. If it cannot guess an icon, it will display the
"default" icon, which simply shows the group's number. Use the configuration
dialog to customize the icons: select a group in the "Available keyboard groups"
listbox, and click "Change icon..." button. You will be able to select from the
list of country flag pixmaps that is shipped with KDE.
- turn the "Toggle mode" on and off. "Toggle mode" is a convient feature of
KKBSwitch, which is useful if you have more than 2 groups. When "Toggle mode"
is on, pressing the XKeyboard's group switch key or clicking KKBSwitch's tray
icon will toggle between the two most recently used groups. To activate the
third or the fourth (if available) group you'll need to right-click KKBSwitch's
tray icon and select the desired group from the menu. For example, I have
US/ASCII, Russian and Ukrainian layouts configured. Most of the time I use
either US/ASCII or Russian layout and switch back and forth between them without
activating the rarely needed Ukrainian layout. But sometimes I need to write
something in Ukrainian, so I select this layout from the tray icon's menu. When
"Toggle mode" is on, the two most recently used groups will be marked with an
asterisk in the KKBSwitch tray icon's menu.
DCOP Bindings
As of version 0.2, KKBSwitch can be manipulated programmatically with DCOP.
It exports an interface named KBSwitchIntf. The interfaces offers the following
methods:
- int getNumKbdGroups() - returns the number of configured keyboard groups
(layouts)
- ASYNC selectNextGroup() - does the same thing as clicking on the KKBSwitch's
tray icon, i.e. makes the next keyboard group active. If in "toggle mode", toggles
between the two recently used ones, just like clicking on the tray icon does.
- ASYNC selectGroup(int groupno) - makes the group whose number is groupno active
(like selecting a group from the tray icon popup menu)
- QStringList getGroupNames() - returns the list of the keyboard group names,
as configured in XKeyboard.

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
1. Perhaps show items in popup menu that corresponds to the two most
frequently used layouts in "toggle mode" in bold, rather then with asterisks.
2. Translate documentation.
3. Create UI to configure keyboard groups. Should be possible in XFree86
>= 4.3 (and X.Org), e.g. run setxkbmap -layout "us,ru,ua"
4. Somehow automatically detect wrong keyboard layout. E.g. if I type "vfvf
vskf hfve", magically figure out that I meant to type "ÍÁÍÁ ÍÙÌÁ ÒÁÍÕ" in
Russian. There are Windows programs that do that, like Punto Switcher.
5. Need an icon!

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

12040
aclocal.m4 vendored

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */
/* Define if you have the CoreAudio API */
#undef HAVE_COREAUDIO
/* Define to 1 if you have the <crt_externs.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_CRT_EXTERNS_H
/* Defines if your system has the crypt function */
#undef HAVE_CRYPT
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define if you have libjpeg */
#undef HAVE_LIBJPEG
/* Define if you have libpng */
#undef HAVE_LIBPNG
/* Define if you have a working libpthread (will enable threaded code) */
#undef HAVE_LIBPTHREAD
/* Define to 1 if you have the `xkbfile' library (-lxkbfile). */
#undef HAVE_LIBXKBFILE
/* Define if you have libz */
#undef HAVE_LIBZ
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define if your system needs _NSGetEnviron to set up the environment */
#undef HAVE_NSGETENVIRON
/* Define if you have the res_init function */
#undef HAVE_RES_INIT
/* Define if you have a STL implementation by SGI */
#undef HAVE_SGI_STL
/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define if you have strlcat */
#undef HAVE_STRLCAT
/* Define if you have the strlcat prototype */
#undef HAVE_STRLCAT_PROTO
/* Define if you have strlcpy */
#undef HAVE_STRLCPY
/* Define if you have the strlcpy prototype */
#undef HAVE_STRLCPY_PROTO
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
/* Define to 1 if you have the <X11/extensions/XKBrules.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_X11_EXTENSIONS_XKBRULES_H
/* Suffix for lib directories */
#undef KDELIBSUFF
/* Define a safe value for MAXPATHLEN */
#undef KDEMAXPATHLEN
/* Name of package */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* The size of a `char *', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_CHAR_P
/* The size of a `int', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_INT
/* The size of a `long', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_LONG
/* The size of a `short', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_SHORT
/* The size of a `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
/* The size of a `unsigned long', as computed by sizeof. */
#undef SIZEOF_UNSIGNED_LONG
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Version number of package */
#undef VERSION
/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte
first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
/*
* jpeg.h needs HAVE_BOOLEAN, when the system uses boolean in system
* headers and I'm too lazy to write a configure test as long as only
* unixware is related
*/
#ifdef _UNIXWARE
#define HAVE_BOOLEAN
#endif
/*
* AIX defines FD_SET in terms of bzero, but fails to include <strings.h>
* that defines bzero.
*/
#if defined(_AIX)
#include <strings.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_NSGETENVIRON) && defined(HAVE_CRT_EXTERNS_H)
# include <sys/time.h>
# include <crt_externs.h>
# define environ (*_NSGetEnviron())
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_STRLCAT_PROTO)
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
unsigned long strlcat(char*, const char*, unsigned long);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#if !defined(HAVE_STRLCPY_PROTO)
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
unsigned long strlcpy(char*, const char*, unsigned long);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
/*
* On HP-UX, the declaration of vsnprintf() is needed every time !
*/
#if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) || defined(hpux)
#if __STDC__
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#else
#include <varargs.h>
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
#endif
int vsnprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, va_list ap);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
#endif
int snprintf(char *str, size_t n, char const *fmt, ...);
#endif
#if defined(__SVR4) && !defined(__svr4__)
#define __svr4__ 1
#endif
/* Compatibility define */
#undef ksize_t
/* Define the real type of socklen_t */
#undef socklen_t

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
./admin/configure.in.min
configure.in.in

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
dnl This file is part of the KDE libraries/packages
dnl Copyright (C) 2001 Stephan Kulow (coolo@kde.org)
dnl This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
dnl modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
dnl License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
dnl version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
dnl This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
dnl Library General Public License for more details.
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License
dnl along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to
dnl the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
dnl Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
# Original Author was Kalle@kde.org
# I lifted it in some mater. (Stephan Kulow)
# I used much code from Janos Farkas
dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
AC_INIT(acinclude.m4) dnl a source file from your sub dir
dnl This is so we can use kde-common
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(admin)
dnl This ksh/zsh feature conflicts with `cd blah ; pwd`
unset CDPATH
dnl Checking host/target/build systems, for make, install etc.
AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
dnl Perform program name transformation
AC_ARG_PROGRAM
dnl Automake doc recommends to do this only here. (Janos)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(kkbswitch, 1.4.3) dnl searches for some needed programs
KDE_SET_PREFIX
dnl generate the config header
AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h) dnl at the distribution this done
dnl Checks for programs.
AC_CHECK_COMPILERS
AC_ENABLE_SHARED(yes)
AC_ENABLE_STATIC(no)
KDE_PROG_LIBTOOL
dnl for NLS support. Call them in this order!
dnl WITH_NLS is for the po files
AM_KDE_WITH_NLS
KDE_USE_QT(3.0.0)
AC_PATH_KDE
#MIN_CONFIG(3.0.0)
dnl PACKAGE set before
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
AC_CHECK_KDEMAXPATHLEN
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/XKBrules.h], [], [], [
#include <stdio.h>
#include <X11/XKBlib.h>])
save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $all_libraries"
AC_CHECK_LIB(xkbfile, XkbRF_GetNamesProp)
LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
AC_ARG_ENABLE(ru-ua-layout,
[ --enable-ru-ua-layout Install Russian/Ukrainian layout file
(default: don't install)],
enable_ru_ua_layout="$enableval",
enable_ru_ua_layout="no")
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_RU_UA_LAYOUT, test "x$enable_ru_ua_layout" = "xyes")
dnl set prefix according to installed KDE. Strange that KDE build scripts
dnl don't do it by default
AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(`kde-config --prefix`)
KDE_CREATE_SUBDIRSLIST
AC_CONFIG_FILES([ Makefile ])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([ doc/Makefile ])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([ doc/en/Makefile ])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([ kkbswitch/Makefile ])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([ kkbswitch.upd/Makefile ])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([ po/Makefile ])
AC_OUTPUT
if test "$all_tests" = "bad"; then
if test ! "$cache_file" = "/dev/null"; then
echo ""
echo "Please remove the file $cache_file after changing your setup"
echo "so that configure will find the changes next time."
echo ""
fi
else
echo ""
echo "Good - your configure finished. Start make now"
echo ""
fi

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
#MIN_CONFIG(3.0.0)
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(kkbswitch, 1.4.3)
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
AC_CHECK_KDEMAXPATHLEN
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/XKBrules.h], [], [], [
#include <stdio.h>
#include <X11/XKBlib.h>])
save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS"
LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $all_libraries"
AC_CHECK_LIB(xkbfile, XkbRF_GetNamesProp)
LDFLAGS="$save_LDFLAGS"
AC_ARG_ENABLE(ru-ua-layout,
[ --enable-ru-ua-layout Install Russian/Ukrainian layout file
(default: don't install)],
enable_ru_ua_layout="$enableval",
enable_ru_ua_layout="no")
AM_CONDITIONAL(ENABLE_RU_UA_LAYOUT, test "x$enable_ru_ua_layout" = "xyes")
dnl set prefix according to installed KDE. Strange that KDE build scripts
dnl don't do it by default
AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT(`kde-config --prefix`)

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
# the SUBDIRS is filled automatically by am_edit. If files are
# in this directory they are installed into the english dir
KDE_LANG = en
KDE_DOCS = kkbswitch
SUBDIRS = $(AUTODIRS)

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
KDE_DOCS = kkbswitch
KDE_LANG = en
.PHONY: html
html: HTML/index.html
HTML/index.html: $(srcdir)/index.docbook
rm -fr HTML
mkdir HTML
(cd HTML && meinproc --check --stylesheet $(KDE_XSL_STYLESHEET) ../$(srcdir)/index.docbook && ln -s /usr/share/doc/HTML/en/common; \
for name in ../$(srcdir)/*.png; do ln -s $$name; done)

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 844 B

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 1.3 KiB

Binary file not shown.

After

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 807 B

@ -0,0 +1,695 @@
<?xml version="1.0" ?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//KDE//DTD DocBook XML V4.1-Based Variant V1.0//EN"
"dtd/kdex.dtd" [
<!ENTITY kkbswitch '<application>KKBSwitch</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&kkbswitch;"><!-- replace KKBSwitch here -->
<!ENTITY kkbswitchVersion '1.4.3'>
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY % English "INCLUDE"><!-- change language only here -->
<!-- Do not define any other entities; instead, use the entities
from kde-genent.entities and $LANG/user.entities. -->
]>
<!-- kdoctemplate v0.8 October 1 1999
Minor update to "Credits and Licenses" section on August 24, 2000
Removed "Revision history" section on 22 January 2001 -->
<book lang="&language;">
<bookinfo>
<title>The &kkbswitch; Handbook</title>
<authorgroup>
<author>
<firstname>Leonid</firstname>
<surname>Zeitlin</surname>
<affiliation>
<address><email>lz@europe.com</email></address>
</affiliation>
</author>
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
<copyright>
<year>2002, 2003, 2004, 2005</year>
<holder>Leonid Zeitlin</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>&FDLNotice;</legalnotice>
<date>23/01/2005</date>
<releaseinfo>&kkbswitchVersion;</releaseinfo>
<!-- Abstract about this handbook -->
<abstract>
<para>
&kkbswitch; is a keyboard layout indicator for &kde;.
</para>
</abstract>
<keywordset>
<keyword>KDE</keyword>
<keyword>KKBSwitch</keyword>
<keyword>keyboard</keyword>
<keyword>layout</keyword>
<keyword>indicator</keyword>
<keyword>XKeyboard</keyword>
</keywordset>
</bookinfo>
<chapter id="introduction">
<title>Introduction</title>
<para>
&kkbswitch; is a keyboard layout indicator for &kde; 2 or 3. It is useful when
you have configured the XKeyboard extension of your X Server to have more than
one keyboard group (layout), for example US/ASCII and Russian. &kkbswitch;
displays an icon in the system tray that indicates which layout is currently
active. Note that &kkbswitch; does not help you configure XKeyboard, it merely
serves as the indicator of the current layout. You still have to configure
XKeyboard by editing the <filename>XF86Config</filename> file.
</para>
<para>
Please report any problems or feature requests to the author, Leonid
Zeitlin, at the address <email>lz@europe.com</email>.
</para>
</chapter>
<chapter id="using-kapp">
<title>Using &kkbswitch;</title>
<para>
The most basic usage is simply to let it sit in the system tray and show you
which keyboard layout is currently active. You can also click the KKBSwicth
system tray icon to switch keyboard layouts. When right-clicked, the system
tray icon displays a menu with the following entries:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>
One or more entries corresponding to the configured keyboard layouts.
Note that XKeyboard can have up to 4 layouts configured. The currently active
layout will be checked. Selecting a menu entry corresponding to a layout will
make that layout active.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
<guimenuitem>"Configure Keyboard Switch..."</guimenuitem>.
This entry lets you configure &kkbswitch;
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
<guimenuitem>"Help"</guimenuitem>. Brings up the online help (probably the
document you are reading now).
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
<guimenuitem>"About Keyboard Switch"</guimenuitem>.
This entry displays a standard "About" dialog box.
</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>
<guimenuitem>"Quit"</guimenuitem>.
Quit &kkbswitch;.
</para></listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<sect1 id="configure-kkbswitch">
<title>Configuring &kkbswitch;</title>
<para>
In the &kkbswitch; configuration dialog (invoked by selecting
<guimenuitem>"Configure Keyboard Switch..."</guimenuitem> from the tray icon's
context menu) you will be able to configure various aspects of &kkbswitch;'s
behavior. The configuration dialog consits of two pages, <guilabel>General</guilabel>
and <guilabel>Shortcuts</guilabel>.
</para>
<sect2 id="general-page">
<title>The <guilabel>General</guilabel> page</title>
<sect3 id="specifying-icons">
<title>Setting the icons corresponding to the available keyboard
layouts</title>
<para>
The appearance of the system tray icons that represent keyboard layouts depends on the icon <emphasis>style</emphasis>. &kkbswitch; implements the following three styles:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Country flag</term>
<listitem><para>
This style displays a country flag corresponding to the currently selected layout.
Note that this was the only style in version of &kkbswitch; prior to 1.3.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Language code</term>
<listitem><para>
This style displays the two-letter ISO language code corresponding to the currently selected layout. This style mimics &Windows; layout indicator.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Flag and code</term>
<listitem><para>
This style displays the language code against the background of a country flag. This style mimics &kde;'s <application>kxkb</application> application.
</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>The following table illustrates the look of &kkbswitch; tray icon menu with different icon styles.
<informaltable>
<tgroup cols="3">
<thead>
<row>
<entry>Country flag</entry>
<entry>Language code</entry>
<entry>Flag and code</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject><imagedata fileref="flag_style.png"/></imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</entry>
<entry>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject><imagedata fileref="code_style.png"/></imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</entry>
<entry>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject><imagedata fileref="flag_code_style.png"/></imageobject>
</inlinemediaobject>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</para>
<para>
The desired style can be selected in the <guilabel>Layout icon style</guilabel> combo box.
</para>
<para>
Note that &kkbswitch; will try hard to guess the correct flag and language code based on the name of the
keyboard layout (the names are configured in XKeyboard). For example, it will
display the US flag and/or "EN" language code for US/ASCII layout, German flag and/or "DE" language code for German layout,
Russian flag and/or "RU" language code for Russian layout, etc. If it cannot guess
an icon, it will display a "default" icon, which simply shows the layout's number.
Use the configuration dialog to customize flag icons: select a layout in the
<guilabel>"Available keyboard layouts"</guilabel> listbox and click
<guibutton>"Change icon..."</guibutton> button. You will be presented with "Pick icon" dialog box. There you will be able to select from the list of country flag pixmaps that are shipped with &kde;. If you'd like to use a custom image, click the <guibutton>"Browse"</guibutton> button in the bottom of the dialog box and browse for the image file you'd like to use. Note that the preferred size for layout icons is 21 by 14 pixels. If your image has different dimensions, &kkbswitch; will scale it appropriately, but the result might look not very good.
</para>
<para>
Note that changing the icon is not available for the Language Code style, which does not feature a flag.
</para>
<para>
If you have specified a custom icon for a layout, you can always go back to the standard icon (the one the &kkbswitch; has guessed) by clicking <guibutton>"Use Default Icon"</guibutton> button. This button will be enabled only when the layout selected in the <guilabel>"Available keyboard layouts"</guilabel> listbox has a custom icon.
</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="default-group">
<title>Specifying default layout</title>
<para>
You can mark one of the configured keyboard layouts as the default. The default
layout will be activated when &kkbswitch; starts up. To mark a layout as
default, simply select the layout in the <guilabel>"Available keyboard
layouts"</guilabel> listbox and click <guibutton>"Set as default"</guibutton>
button. The default layout's name is shown in boldface in the
<guilabel>"Available keyboard layouts"</guilabel> listbox.
</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="group-scope">
<title>Specifying layout scope</title>
<para>
&kkbswitch; supports three modes of operation with regards to the scope of the active keyboard layout. Possible settings are:
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>All windows</term>
<listitem>
<para>
In this mode the active layout applies to all windows on your desktop. In other words, at any given time all windows use the same layout.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Windows of one application</term>
<listitem>
<para>
In this mode the active layout applies to windows one application<footnote><para>A technically inclined user familiar with &X-Window; API would be interested to know that &kkbswitch; considers windows that have the same Window Class (from WM_CLASS property) as belonging to the same application.</para></footnote>. In other words, each application has its own active layout. When a window gets focused, KKBSwitch automatically shows the active layout of this window's application in the system tray. When you change the active layout, either by pressing XKeyboard's group switch key, or by clicking KKBSwitch's tray icon, or by using its context menu, this change affects only the currently active application. Other applications retain their layouts.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>One window</term>
<listitem>
<para>
In this mode the active layout applies to the focused window only. In other words, each window has its own active layout. When a window gets focused, KKBSwitch automatically shows this window's active layout in the system tray. When you change the active layout, either by pressing XKeyboard's group switch key, or by clicking KKBSwitch's tray icon, or by using its context menu, this change affects only the currently focused window. Other windows retain their layouts.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</para>
<para>
Pick the mode that you prefer in the <guilabel>"Layout applies to"</guilabel> combo box. The author's opinion is that "Windows of one application" is the most reasonable choice, but opinions vary.
</para>
<para>
Note that in "Windows of one application" and "One window" modes, all new windows start up with the default layout. In "All windows" mode new windows start with the active (global) layout.
</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="toggle-mode">
<title>Using "Toggle Mode"</title>
<para>
"Toggle mode" is a convenient feature of &kkbswitch;, which is useful if you
have more than 2 layouts. When "Toggle mode" is on, pressing the XKeyboard's
group switch key or clicking &kkbswitch;'s tray icon will toggle between the
two most recently used layouts. To activate the third or the fourth (if
available) layout
you'll need to right-click &kkbswitch;'s tray icon and select the desired
layout from the menu or use keyboard shortcuts (see <xref linkend="shortcuts"/>). For example, I have US/ASCII, Russian and Ukrainian
layouts configured. Most of the time I use either US/ASCII or Russian layout and
switch back and forth between them without activating the rarely needed
Ukrainian layout. But sometimes I need to write something in Ukrainian, so I
select this layout from the tray icon's menu.
</para>
<para>
To turn the "Toggle mode" on and off use the <guilabel>Use "Toggle
Mode"</guilabel> checkbox in the configuration dialog.
</para>
<para>
When "Toggle mode" is on, the two most recently used layouts will be marked
with an asterisk in the &kkbswitch; tray icon's menu.
</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="autostart">
<title>Starting &kkbswitch; automatically when you log in</title>
<para>
Use <guilabel>"Autostart"</guilabel> checkbox to enable &kkbswitch; autostart feature. When this checkbox is on, &kkbswitch; will start automatically each time you log in to &kde;. Note that this is independent of &kde;'s session restoration feature. If you configure &kde; to restore the previous session on login (under &kde; Components | Session Manager in &kcontrolcenter;), and &kkbswitch; was running in your previous session, &kde; will restore &kkbswitch;
in the new session regardless of the autostart setting.
</para>
</sect3>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="shortcuts">
<title>The <guilabel>Shortcuts</guilabel> page</title>
<para>
&kkbswitch; allows you to quickly activate particular layouts with keyboard shortcuts. This is configured at the <guilabel>Shortcuts</guilabel> page.
The <guilabel>"Use shortcuts to activate keyboard layouts"</guilabel> checkbox allows to turns the shortcut feature on and off. Uncheck the checkbox if you don't want to use shortcuts at all. If the checkbox is checked, the shortcuts are enabled. You can configure what key combinations activate which layouts at the key chooser pane under the checkbox. This is a standard &kde; key chooser widget that should be familiar to you from other &kde; applications. The default shortcuts are: <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>1</keycap></keycombo> to activate the first layout, <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>2</keycap></keycombo> the activate the second one, etc.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="group-names">
<title>How &kkbswitch; guesses icons for keyboard layouts</title>
<para>
&kkbswitch; uses the name of the keyboard layout, as defined by XKeyboard, to
guess the icon to represent it. The process is entirely automatic; this section
is only for those who want to tweak how this guessing works or just are curious.
The algorithm is very simple. The &kkbswitch; distribution contains a file named
<filename>group_names</filename>, which resides in &kkbswitch;'s data directory
(<filename
class="directory">$<envar>KDEDIR</envar>/share/apps/kkbswitch</filename>).
The file is a standard &kde; config file. It contains two sections. The secion named "Mapping" contains mappings from XKeyboard group names to country codes.
It contains various key=value pairs, key being the name of the XKeyboard layout and
value the two-letter country code of the flag to display. The second section, "Language" contains similar mappings from XKeyboard group names to language codes. Note that if a group name is not found in the "Language" section, it is looked up in "Mapping" section, thus only layouts where country code and language code do not coincide need to be listed in "Language" section (e.g. for US/ASCII group the country code would be "us", but the language code would be "en").
</para>
<para>
Once the country-code
has been determined, &kkbswitch; will look for an icon named
<filename>flag.png</filename> in the directory <filename
class="directory">$<envar>KDEDIR</envar>/share/locale/l10n/<replaceable>country code</replaceable></filename> for icons styles that feature a flag and use the language code for styles that feature the a language code.
</para>
<para>
As I was told, in &RedHat; 9 systems, the &kde; default country flag icons are missing. To work around that, if &kkbswitch; cannot find country flag icons in the location specified above, it will look for <acronym>GNOME</acronym>'s <application>gkb</application> icons in <filename class="directory">/usr/share/pixmaps/gkb</filename>. Unfortunately, <application>gkb</application> icons have size 40x60, while &kde; ones are 21x14. Thus &kkbswitch; rescales <application>gkb</application> icons on the fly, and the quality of the resulting images leaves a lot to be desired. But still it's better than nothing.
</para>
<para>
Of course, you can override the flag icon selection algorithm by specifying the icon you want to use, as described in <xref linkend="specifying-icons"/>.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="developers">
<title>Developer's Guide to &kkbswitch;</title>
<para>
&kkbswitch; can be manipulated programmatically via DCOP. It exports an
interface named <classname>KBSwitchIntf</classname>. The interface offers the
following methods.
</para>
<funcsynopsis>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>int <function>getNumKbdGroups</function></funcdef>
<void/>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<para>
This method returns the number of configured keyboard groups (layouts).
</para>
<funcsynopsis>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>ASYNC <function>selectNextGroup</function></funcdef>
<void/>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<para>
This method does the same thing as clicking on the &kkbswitch;'s
tray icon, i.e. makes the next keyboard layout active. If in "toggle mode",
toggles between the two recently used ones, just like clicking on the tray icon
does.
</para>
<funcsynopsis>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>ASYNC <function>selectGroup</function></funcdef>
<paramdef>int <parameter>groupno</parameter></paramdef>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<para>
This method makes the layout whose number is <parameter>groupno</parameter>
active (like selecting a layout from the tray icon popup menu).
</para>
<funcsynopsis>
<funcprototype>
<funcdef>QStringList <function>getGroupNames</function></funcdef>
<void/>
</funcprototype>
</funcsynopsis>
<para>
This method returns the list of the keyboard layout names, as configured in
XKeyboard.
</para>
<sect1 id="examples">
<title>Examples</title>
<para>
The following examples illustrate how one can manipulate &kkbswitch; with the
command line tool <command>dcop</command>.
</para>
<informalexample>
<para>Select the next keyboard group (layout):</para>
<para>
<screen>
<prompt>&percnt;</prompt> <userinput><command>dcop</command> kkbswitch KBSwitchIntf selectNextGroup</userinput>
</screen>
</para>
</informalexample>
<informalexample>
<para>Select the group (layout) number 0:</para>
<para>
<screen>
<prompt>&percnt;</prompt> <userinput><command>dcop</command> kkbswitch KBSwitchIntf selectGroup 0</userinput>
</screen>
</para>
</informalexample>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter id="credits">
<title>Credits and License</title>
<para>
&kkbswitch;
</para>
<para>
Program copyright 2001-2004 Leonid Zeitlin <email>lz@europe.com</email>
</para>
<para>
Contributors:
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para>Mikhail Senin <email>m_senin@mail.ru</email> - implemented
configuration for the default layout and per-window layouts
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Rashid N. Achilov <email>achilov@granch.ru</email> - made a FreeBSD port, suggested "Browse" button in "Pick icon" dialog box.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Vadim Kriklivy <email>analitic@vinnitsa.com</email> - suggested "Language code" icon style (a la &Windows;) and shortcuts feature, made Ukrainian translation.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Sergey V Turchin <email>zerg@altlinux.org</email> - implemented autostart feature.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Stergios Dramis <email>sdramis@egnatia.ee.auth.gr</email> - contributed Greek translation.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Michal &Scaron;ulek <email>reloadshot@atlas.sk</email> - contributed Slovak translation.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Shlomi Loubaton <email>shlomister@gmail.com</email> - contributed manpage, Debian package
maintainer.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Igal aka "Koala" <email>igalfr@netvision.net.il</email> - contributed Hebrew translation, Gentoo ebuild maintainer.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Petko Yotov <email>5ko@free.fr</email> - contributed Bulgarian translation.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Michal Bukovsk&yacute; <email>michal@trilogic.cz</email> - contributed Czech translation.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</para>
<para>
Documentation copyright 2001-2005 Leonid Zeitlin <email>lz@europe.com</email>
</para>
<!-- TRANS:CREDIT_FOR_TRANSLATORS -->
&underFDL; <!-- FDL: do not remove. Commercial development should -->
<!-- replace this with their copyright and either remove it or re-set this.-->
<!-- Determine which license your application is licensed under,
and delete all the remaining licenses below:
(NOTE: All documentation are licensed under the FDL,
regardless of what license the application uses) -->
&underGPL; <!-- GPL License -->
</chapter>
<appendix id="installation">
<title>Installation</title>
<sect1 id="getting-KKBSwitch">
<title>How to obtain &kkbswitch;</title>
<para>
&kkbswitch; has a home page at SourceForge:
<ulink url="http://kkbswitch.sourceforge.net">
http://kkbswitch.sourceforge.net</ulink>. Check there for the latest news. The latest version is available for download from the project page: <ulink url="http://sourceforge.net/projects/kkbswitch">
http://sourceforge.net/projects/kkbswitch</ulink>.
</para>
<!-- <para>
&kkbswitch; can be found in the at the <ulink
url="http://apps.kde.com/">apps.kde.com</ulink> site at <ulink
url="http://ftp.kde.com/Desktop/Utilities/KKBSwitch/">
http://ftp.kde.com/Desktop/Utilities/KKBSwitch/</ulink>
</para>
<para>
&kkbswitch; doesn't have a homepage yet. For the latest version check <ulink
url="http://apps.kde.com/">apps.kde.com</ulink>
</para> -->
</sect1>
<sect1 id="requirements">
<title>Requirements</title>
<para>
&kkbswitch; doesn't require any special environment to compile and run besides
the standard &kde; 2 or 3 kdelibs and kdebase.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="compilation">
<title>Compilation and Installation</title>
<para>
In order to compile and install &kkbswitch; on your system, type the following
in the base directory of the &kkbswitch; distribution:
<screen width="40">
<prompt>&percnt;</prompt> <userinput>./configure</userinput>
<prompt>&percnt;</prompt> <userinput>make</userinput>
<prompt>&percnt;</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>
</screen>
</para>
<para>
Options you may want or need to give to the <command>configure</command> command are:
</para>
<simplelist>
<member>
<option>--prefix</option>=<replaceable>dir</replaceable> - set the prefix where your &kde; installation is located. Alternatively, you can set $<envar>KDEDIR</envar> environment variable to the &kde; directory. Under regular circumstances, the configuration script will find the &kde; location automatically; use this option only if you are having problems without it.
</member>
<member>
<option>--enable-ru-ua-layout</option> - install the Russian/Ukrainian layout file (described in <xref linkend="ru_ua"/>). This option is useful for users of XFree86 prior to version 4.3, who want to use Russian/Ukrainian layout file. Note that with this option it is not possible to install &kkbswitch; without root privileges, because the layout file <emphasis>must</emphasis> go to the system XKB layout directory where ordinary users don't have write access.
</member>
<member>
<option>--without-arts</option> - do not check for &arts; development headers. &arts; is &kde;'s multimedia framework, which &kkbswitch; does not use. However, since &kkbswitch; uses standard &kde; configuration macros, the configuration script will check for &arts; headers and complain if they are not found. If this happens to you, specify this option to compile &kkbswitch;. Alternatively, install &arts; development headers, you'll need them one day.
</member>
</simplelist>
<para>
Since &kkbswitch; uses autoconf and automake you should have not trouble
compiling it. &kkbswitch; was tested under several versions of &Linux; and FreeBSD,
and a FreeBSD port is available.
</para>
<para>
If you system uses <application>RPM</application> you may want to download
&kkbswitch; source RPM package. To build a binary RPM out of source RPM run this
command (as root):
<screen>
<prompt>&percnt;</prompt> <userinput><command>rpmbuild</command> <option>--rebuild</option> <filename>kkbswitch-&kkbswitchVersion;-1.src.rpm</filename></userinput>
</screen>
(You may add <option>--with ru_ua_layout</option> option if you need the Russian/Ukrainian layout file, see <xref linkend="ru_ua"/>).
Then, still as root, go to your binary RPM directory (on &RedHat; Intel systems,
<filename class="directory">/usr/src/redhat/RPMS/i386</filename>) and install
the binary RPM you've just built with this command:
</para>
<screen>
<prompt>&percnt;</prompt> <userinput><command>rpm</command> <option>-ihv</option> <filename>kkbswitch-&kkbswitchVersion;-1.i386.rpm</filename></userinput>
</screen>
<para>
Note that with older versions of <application>RPM</application> you will need to use command <userinput><command>rpm</command> <option>--rebuild</option></userinput> instead of <userinput><command>rpmbuild</command> <option>--rebuild</option></userinput>
</para>
</sect1>
</appendix>
<appendix id="ru_ua">
<title>The Russian/Ukrainian keyboard layout file</title>
<para>
For the benefit of Ukrainian users of &kkbswitch; and XFree86 versions before 4.3,
a Russian/Ukrainian keyboard layout file is included with the distribution (users of XFree86 4.3 and later, including X.Org server, read the note in the end of this appendix). This file is experimental, so report any problems with it to the author of &kkbswitch;. The file is named
<filename>ru_ua</filename> and by default gets installed to the directory
<filename class="directory">/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/xkb/symbols</filename>, where
this type of XKeyboard configuation file is supposed to go. The file defines a
configuration with 3 keyboard groups (layouts): US/ASCII, Russian and Ukrainian.
To use this layout, you can do one of the following.
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
If you feel comfortable editing your <filename>XF86Config</filename> file and
know its structure you can simply edit the file (usually
<filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config-4</filename> for XFree86 4.x), and in InputDevice
section for keyboard set XkbLayout option to "ru_ua". It is recommented to set
XkbVariant to "winkeys", since only this variant was tested.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
If you are using &RedHat; &Linux;, you may create a file named
<filename>.Xkbmap</filename> in your home directory and write the text "ru_ua"
(without quotes) in it. The default X session startup script will pick this file
and activate the layout named in it.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Run the command <userinput><command>setxkbmap</command> ru_ua</userinput> either
manually from command prompt our in one of your X session startup script.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</para>
<note>
<para>Users of XFree86 4.3 and later versions, including X.Org server, don't need any additional files if they want a three-language layout. Just specify <userinput>XkbLayout "us,ru,ua"</userinput> in your <filename>XF86Config</filename> (<filename>xorg.conf</filename> for X.Org server) file.
</para>
</note>
</appendix>
&documentation.index;
</book>
<!--
Local Variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-general-insert-case:lower
sgml-indent-step:0
sgml-indent-data:nil
End:
-->

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
.\" This manpage has been automatically generated by docbook2man
.\" from a DocBook document. This tool can be found at:
.\" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/comp/docbook2X/>
.\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
.\" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
.TH "KKBSWITCH" "1" "06 November 2004" "" ""
.SH NAME
kkbswitch \- A keyboard layout indicator for KDE 3.
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBkkbswitch\fR [ \fB--help\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--help-kde\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--help-qt\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--version\fI -v\fB\fR ] [ \fB--license\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--author\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--caption <caption>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--icon <icon>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--miniicon <icon>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--dcopserver <server>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--nocrashhandler\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--waitforwm\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--style <style>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--geometry <geometry>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--display <display>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--session <sessionid>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--cmap\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--ncols <columns>\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--nograb\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--dograb\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--sync\fI\fB\fR ] [ \fB--font\fI --fn <fontname>\fB\fR ] [ \fB--background\fI --bg <colour>\fB\fR ] [ \fB--button\fI --btn <colour>\fB\fR ] [ \fB--name\fI <name>\fB\fR ] [ \fB--title\fI <title>\fB\fR ] [ \fB--visual\fI TrueColor\fB\fR ] [ \fB--inputstyle\fI <style>\fB\fR ] [ \fB--im\fI <server>\fB\fR ] [ \fB--noxim\fI\fB\fR ]
.SH "DESCRIPTION"
.PP
This manual page documents briefly the
\fBkkbswitch\fR command.
.PP
This manual page was written for the Debian GNU/Linux distribution
because the original program does not have a manual page.
Instead, it has documentation in the KDE handbook format; see below.
.PP
\fBkkbswitch\fR is a keyboard layout indicator for KDE.
.PP
It is useful when you have configured the XKeyboard extension of your X Server to have more than one keyboard group (layout), for example US/ASCII and Russian.
KKBSwitch displays an icon in the system tray that indicates which layout is currently active and enables layout switching by clicking the icon or by right click and selecting layout from a popup menu. Note that KKBSwitch does not help you configure XKeyboard.
This means that you still have to configure XKeyboard by editing the XF86Config file or use a setup program to do it for you.
KKBSwitch is a KDE application, but is reported to work under GNOME as well.
.SH "OPTIONS"
.PP
These programs follow the usual GNU command line syntax,
with long options starting with two dashes (`-'). A summary of
options is included below.
.TP
\fB-h --help \fR
Show summary of options.
.TP
\fB-v --version \fR
Show version information.
.TP
\fB--author \fR
Show information about the author.
.TP
\fB--license \fR
Show license information.
.TP
\fB--caption <caption> \fR
Specify the caption of the window.
.TP
\fB--icon <icon> \fR
Specify the icon of the window.
.TP
\fB--miniicon <icon> \fR
Specify the mini-icon of the window.
.TP
\fB--dcopserver <server> \fR
Specify the DCOP server to use.
.TP
\fB--nocrashhandler \fR
Disable KDE crash handler (enables core dumps).
.TP
\fB--waitforwm \fR
Waits for a compatible window manager to start.
.TP
\fB--style <style> \fR
Sets the application's GUI style (overrides KDE).
.TP
\fB--geometry <geometry> \fR
Sets the geometry of the window.
.TP
\fB--display <display> \fR
Specifies the X display to use.
.TP
\fB--session <sessionid> \fR
Restores the application for the given session ID.
.TP
\fB--cmap \fR
Forces use of an internal colour map on an 8-bit display.
.TP
\fB--ncols <count> \fR
Limits the number of colours allowed in an 8-bit display.
.TP
\fB--nograb \fR
Forces Qt to never grab the mouse or keyboard.
.TP
\fB--dograb \fR
Overrides --nograb, which may be implicitly set.
.TP
\fB--sync \fR
Forces synchronous mode (for debugging).
.TP
\fB--font <font> --fn <font>\fR
Sets the default application font.
.TP
\fB--background <colour> --bg <colour>\fR
Sets the default background colour and application
pallette.
.TP
\fB--foreground <colour> --fg <colour>\fR
Sets the default foreground colour.
.TP
\fB--button <colour> --btn <colour>\fR
Sets the default button colour.
.TP
\fB--name <name> \fR
Sets the application name.
.TP
\fB--title <name> \fR
Sets the application title.
.TP
\fB--visual TrueColor \fR
Forces the application to use a True Colour visual on 8-bit
displays.
.TP
\fB--inputstyle <style> \fR
Sets X Input Method (XIM) input style. Possible values are:
onthespot, overthespot, offthespot, and root.
.TP
\fB--im <server> \fR
Sets X Input Method (XIM) server.
.TP
\fB--noxim \fR
Disables X Input Method (XIM) support.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
This program includes documentation in the format of KDE handbook available in /usr/share/doc/HTML/en/kkbswitch or by help option in the user interface.
.SH "AUTHOR"
.PP
This manual page was written by Shlomi Loubaton <shlomister@gmail.com> for
the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others). Permission is
granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under
the terms of the GNU General Public License, Version 2 any
later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
.PP
On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public
License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.

@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
<?xml version = '1.0'?>
<kdevelop>
<general>
<author>Leonid Zeitlin</author>
<email>lz@europe.com</email>
<version>1.4.1</version>
<projectmanagement>KDevKDEAutoProject</projectmanagement>
<primarylanguage>C++</primarylanguage>
<keywords>
<keyword>C++</keyword>
<keyword>Code</keyword>
<keyword>Qt</keyword>
<keyword>KDE</keyword>
</keywords>
<projectdirectory>.</projectdirectory>
<absoluteprojectpath>false</absoluteprojectpath>
<description/>
<ignoreparts>
<part>KDevClearCase</part>
<part>KDevPerforce</part>
</ignoreparts>
<secondaryLanguages/>
</general>
<kdevautoproject>
<general>
<activetarget>kkbswitch/kkbswitch</activetarget>
<useconfiguration>default</useconfiguration>
</general>
<run>
<mainprogram>kkbswitch/kkbswitch</mainprogram>
<directoryradio>build</directoryradio>
<runarguments>
<kkbswitch/>
</runarguments>
<customdirectory>/</customdirectory>
<programargs/>
<terminal>false</terminal>
<autocompile>true</autocompile>
<envvars/>
</run>
<configurations>
<optimized>
<builddir>optimized</builddir>
<ccompiler>kdevgccoptions</ccompiler>
<cxxcompiler>kdevgppoptions</cxxcompiler>
<f77compiler>kdevg77options</f77compiler>
<cxxflags>-O2 -g0</cxxflags>
</optimized>
<debug>
<configargs>--enable-debug=full</configargs>
<builddir>debug</builddir>
<ccompiler>kdevgccoptions</ccompiler>
<cxxcompiler>kdevgppoptions</cxxcompiler>
<f77compiler>kdevg77options</f77compiler>
<cxxflags>-O0 -g3</cxxflags>
<envvars/>
</debug>
</configurations>
<make>
<envvars>
<envvar value="1" name="WANT_AUTOCONF_2_5" />
<envvar value="1" name="WANT_AUTOMAKE_1_6" />
</envvars>
<abortonerror>true</abortonerror>
<numberofjobs>1</numberofjobs>
<dontact>false</dontact>
<makebin/>
</make>
</kdevautoproject>
<kdevfileview>
<groups>
<group pattern="*.cpp;*.cxx;*.h" name="Sources" />
<group pattern="*.ui" name="User Interface" />
<group pattern="*.png" name="Icons" />
<group pattern="*.po;*.ts" name="Translations" />
<group pattern="*" name="Others" />
<hidenonprojectfiles>false</hidenonprojectfiles>
<hidenonlocation>false</hidenonlocation>
</groups>
<tree>
<hidepatterns>*.o,*.lo,CVS</hidepatterns>
<hidenonprojectfiles>false</hidenonprojectfiles>
</tree>
</kdevfileview>
<kdevdoctreeview>
<ignoretocs>
<toc>ada</toc>
<toc>ada_bugs_gcc</toc>
<toc>bash</toc>
<toc>bash_bugs</toc>
<toc>clanlib</toc>
<toc>w3c-dom-level2-html</toc>
<toc>fortran_bugs_gcc</toc>
<toc>gnome1</toc>
<toc>gnustep</toc>
<toc>gtk</toc>
<toc>gtk_bugs</toc>
<toc>haskell</toc>
<toc>haskell_bugs_ghc</toc>
<toc>java_bugs_gcc</toc>
<toc>java_bugs_sun</toc>
<toc>pascal_bugs_fp</toc>
<toc>php</toc>
<toc>php_bugs</toc>
<toc>perl</toc>
<toc>perl_bugs</toc>
<toc>python</toc>
<toc>python_bugs</toc>
<toc>ruby</toc>
<toc>ruby_bugs</toc>
<toc>sdl</toc>
<toc>w3c-svg</toc>
<toc>sw</toc>
<toc>w3c-uaag10</toc>
<toc>wxwindows_bugs</toc>
<toc>libmilter</toc>
<toc>c++_bugs_gcc</toc>
<toc>kdev3api</toc>
<toc>libc</toc>
<toc>libstdc++</toc>
<toc>opengl</toc>
<toc>qt-kdev3</toc>
</ignoretocs>
<ignoreqt_xml>
<toc>qmake User Guide</toc>
<toc>Guide to the Qt Translation Tools</toc>
<toc>Qt Assistant Manual</toc>
</ignoreqt_xml>
<projectdoc>
<userdocDir>html/</userdocDir>
<apidocDir>html/</apidocDir>
</projectdoc>
<ignoredoxygen/>
<ignorekdocs/>
<ignoredevhelp/>
</kdevdoctreeview>
<kdevdebugger>
<general>
<dbgshell>libtool</dbgshell>
<programargs/>
<gdbpath/>
<configGdbScript/>
<runShellScript/>
<runGdbScript/>
<breakonloadinglibs>true</breakonloadinglibs>
<separatetty>false</separatetty>
<floatingtoolbar>false</floatingtoolbar>
</general>
<display>
<staticmembers>false</staticmembers>
<demanglenames>true</demanglenames>
<outputradix>10</outputradix>
</display>
</kdevdebugger>
<kdevfilecreate>
<filetypes/>
<useglobaltypes>
<type ext="ui" />
<type ext="cpp" />
<type ext="h" />
</useglobaltypes>
</kdevfilecreate>
<kdevcppsupport>
<references/>
<codecompletion>
<includeGlobalFunctions>true</includeGlobalFunctions>
<includeTypes>true</includeTypes>
<includeEnums>true</includeEnums>
<includeTypedefs>false</includeTypedefs>
<automaticCodeCompletion>true</automaticCodeCompletion>
<automaticArgumentsHint>true</automaticArgumentsHint>
<automaticHeaderCompletion>true</automaticHeaderCompletion>
<codeCompletionDelay>250</codeCompletionDelay>
<argumentsHintDelay>400</argumentsHintDelay>
<headerCompletionDelay>250</headerCompletionDelay>
</codecompletion>
</kdevcppsupport>
<cppsupportpart>
<filetemplates>
<interfacesuffix>.h</interfacesuffix>
<implementationsuffix>.cpp</implementationsuffix>
</filetemplates>
</cppsupportpart>
<dist>
<custom>false</custom>
<bzip>false</bzip>
<archname/>
<appname/>
<version>1.3.2</version>
<release/>
<vendor/>
<licence/>
<summary/>
<group/>
<packager/>
<description/>
<changelog/>
<devpackage>false</devpackage>
<docspackage>false</docspackage>
<appicon>false</appicon>
<arch>0</arch>
<genHTML>false</genHTML>
<useRPM>false</useRPM>
<ftpkde>false</ftpkde>
<appskde>false</appskde>
<url/>
</dist>
<kdevdocumentation>
<projectdoc>
<docsystem/>
<docurl/>
<usermanualurl/>
</projectdoc>
</kdevdocumentation>
</kdevelop>

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
Begin3
Title: Kkbswitch
Version: 1.1
Entered-date: 01SEP01
Description: KKBSwitch is a keyboard layout indicator for KDE 2 or 3
Keywords: keyboard layout indicator KDE XKeyboard
Author: Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
Maintained-by: Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
Primary-site: ftp.kde.org /pub/kde/unstable/apps/utils
kkbswitch-1.1.tar.gz
kkbswitch-1.1-1.src.rpm
Home-page:
Original-site:
Platforms: Linux and other Unices
Copying-policy: GNU Public License
End

@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
<!DOCTYPE refentry PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" [
<!-- Process this file with docbook-to-man to generate an nroff manual
page: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml > manpage.1'. You may view
the manual page with: `docbook-to-man manpage.sgml | nroff -man |
less'. A typical entry in a Makefile or Makefile.am is:
manpage.1: manpage.sgml
docbook-to-man $< > $@
The docbook-to-man binary is found in the docbook-to-man package.
Please remember that if you create the nroff version in one of the
debian/rules file targets (such as build), you will need to include
docbook-to-man in your Build-Depends control field.
-->
<!-- Fill in your name for FIRSTNAME and SURNAME. -->
<!ENTITY dhfirstname "<firstname>Shlomi</firstname>">
<!ENTITY dhsurname "<surname>Loubaton</surname>">
<!-- Please adjust the date whenever revising the manpage. -->
<!ENTITY dhdate "<date>October 24, 2004</date>">
<!-- SECTION should be 1-8, maybe w/ subsection other parameters are
allowed: see man(7), man(1). -->
<!ENTITY dhsection "<manvolnum>1</manvolnum>">
<!ENTITY dhemail "<email>shlomister@gmail.com</email>">
<!ENTITY dhusername "Shlomi Loubaton">
<!ENTITY dhucpackage "<refentrytitle>KKBSWITCH</refentrytitle>">
<!ENTITY dhpackage "kkbswitch">
<!ENTITY debian "<productname>Debian GNU/Linux</productname>">
<!ENTITY gnu "<acronym>GNU</acronym>">
<!ENTITY gpl "&gnu; <acronym>GPL</acronym>">
]>
<refentry>
<refentryinfo>
<address>
&dhemail;
</address>
<author>
&dhfirstname;
&dhsurname;
</author>
<copyright>
<year>2004</year>
<holder>&dhusername;</holder>
</copyright>
&dhdate;
</refentryinfo>
<refmeta>
&dhucpackage;
&dhsection;
</refmeta>
<refnamediv>
<refname>&dhpackage;</refname>
<refpurpose>A keyboard layout indicator for KDE 3.</refpurpose>
</refnamediv>
<refsynopsisdiv>
<cmdsynopsis>
<command>&dhpackage;</command>
<arg><option>--help<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--help-kde<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--help-qt<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--version<replaceable> -v</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--license<replaceable></replaceable</option></arg>
<arg><option>--author<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--caption &lt;caption&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--icon &lt;icon&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--miniicon &lt;icon&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--dcopserver &lt;server&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--nocrashhandler<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--waitforwm<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--style &lt;style&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--geometry &lt;geometry&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--display &lt;display&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--session &lt;sessionid&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--cmap<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--ncols &lt;columns&gt;<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--nograb<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--dograb<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--sync<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--font<replaceable> --fn &lt;fontname&gt;</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--background<replaceable> --bg &lt;colour&gt;</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--button<replaceable> --btn &lt;colour&gt;</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--name<replaceable> &lt;name&gt;</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--title<replaceable> &lt;title&gt;</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--visual<replaceable> TrueColor</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--inputstyle<replaceable> &lt;style&gt;</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--im<replaceable> &lt;server&gt;</replaceable></option></arg>
<arg><option>--noxim<replaceable></replaceable></option></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
</refsynopsisdiv>
<refsect1>
<title>DESCRIPTION</title>
<para>This manual page documents briefly the
<command>&dhpackage;</command> command.</para>
<para>This manual page was written for the &debian; distribution
because the original program does not have a manual page.
Instead, it has documentation in the KDE handbook format; see below.</para>
<para><command>&dhpackage;</command> is a keyboard layout indicator for KDE.
</para>
<para>It is useful when you have configured the XKeyboard extension of your X Server to have more than one keyboard group (layout), for example US/ASCII and Russian.
KKBSwitch displays an icon in the system tray that indicates which layout is currently active and enables layout switching by clicking the icon or by right click and selecting layout from a popup menu. Note that KKBSwitch does not help you configure XKeyboard.
This means that you still have to configure XKeyboard by editing the XF86Config file or use a setup program to do it for you.
KKBSwitch is a KDE application, but is reported to work under GNOME as well.</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>OPTIONS</title>
<para>These programs follow the usual &gnu; command line syntax,
with long options starting with two dashes (`-'). A summary of
options is included below.</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-h</option>
<option>--help</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Show summary of options.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>-v</option>
<option>--version</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Show version information.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--author</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Show information about the author.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--license</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Show license information.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--caption &lt;caption&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Specify the caption of the window.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--icon &lt;icon&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Specify the icon of the window.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--miniicon &lt;icon&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Specify the mini-icon of the window.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dcopserver &lt;server&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Specify the DCOP server to use.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--nocrashhandler</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Disable KDE crash handler (enables core dumps).</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--waitforwm</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Waits for a compatible window manager to start.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--style &lt;style&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the application's GUI style (overrides KDE).</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--geometry &lt;geometry&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the geometry of the window.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--display &lt;display&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Specifies the X display to use.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--session &lt;sessionid&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Restores the application for the given session ID.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--cmap</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Forces use of an internal colour map on an 8-bit display.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--ncols &lt;count&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Limits the number of colours allowed in an 8-bit display.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--nograb</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Forces Qt to never grab the mouse or keyboard.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--dograb</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Overrides --nograb, which may be implicitly set.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--sync</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Forces synchronous mode (for debugging).</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--font &lt;font&gt;</option>
<option>--fn &lt;font&gt;</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the default application font.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--background &lt;colour&gt;</option>
<option>--bg &lt;colour&gt;</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the default background colour and application
pallette.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--foreground &lt;colour&gt;</option>
<option>--fg &lt;colour&gt;</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the default foreground colour.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--button &lt;colour&gt;</option>
<option>--btn &lt;colour&gt;</option></term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the default button colour.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--name &lt;name&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the application name.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--title &lt;name&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets the application title.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--visual TrueColor</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Forces the application to use a True Colour visual on 8-bit
displays.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--inputstyle &lt;style&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets X Input Method (XIM) input style. Possible values are:
onthespot, overthespot, offthespot, and root.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--im &lt;server&gt;</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Sets X Input Method (XIM) server.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><option>--noxim</option>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>Disables X Input Method (XIM) support.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>SEE ALSO</title>
<para>This program includes documentation in the format of KDE handbook available in /usr/share/doc/HTML/en/kkbswitch or by help option in the user interface.</para>
</refsect1>
<refsect1>
<title>AUTHOR</title>
<para>This manual page was written by &dhusername; &dhemail; for
the &debian; system (but may be used by others). Permission is
granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under
the terms of the &gnu; General Public License, Version 2 any
later version published by the Free Software Foundation.
</para>
<para>
On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public
License can be found in /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL.
</para>
</refsect1>
</refentry>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:2
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-default-dtd-file:nil
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:nil
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
End:
-->

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
# This spec file was generated using Kpp
# If you find any problems with this spec file please report
# the error to ian geiser <geiseri@msoe.edu>
# build with --without ru_ua_layout to disable installation
# of ru_ua XKB layout file
Summary: Keyboard layout indicator for KDE
Name: kkbswitch
Version: 1.4.3
Release: 1
License: GPL
Vendor: Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
Url: http://kkbswitch.sourceforge.net
Packager: Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
Group: User Interface/Desktops
Source: kkbswitch-%{version}.tar.gz
BuildRequires: kdelibs-devel
BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/kkbswitch-root
%description
KKBSwitch is a keyboard layout indicator for KDE. It is useful when
you have configured the XKeyboard extension of your X Server to have more
than one keyboard group (layout), for example US/ASCII and Russian.
KKBSwitch displays an icon in the system tray that indicates which layout
is currently active. Note that KKBSwitch does not help you configure
XKeyboard, it merely serves as the indicator of the current layout. You
still have to configure XKeyboard by editing the XF86Config file.
%prep
%setup
%build
export KDEDIR=%{_prefix}
# Workaround for legacy auto* tools
#[ -x /usr/bin/autoconf-2.5? ] && ln -s /usr/bin/autoconf-2.5? autoconf
#[ -x /usr/bin/autoheader-2.5? ] && ln -s /usr/bin/autoheader-2.5?
#autoheader
#[ -x /usr/bin/aclocal-1.5 ] && ln -s /usr/bin/aclocal-1.5 aclocal
#[ -x /usr/bin/automake-1.5 ] && ln -s /usr/bin/automake-1.5 automake
#export PATH=`pwd`:$PATH
# End workaround
CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" CXXFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" ./configure \
--prefix=%{_prefix} --mandir=%{_mandir} $LOCALFLAGS \
%{?_with_ru_ua_layout:--enable-ru-ua-layout}
# Setup for parallel builds
numprocs=`egrep -c ^cpu[0-9]+ /proc/stat || :`
if [ "$numprocs" = "0" ]; then
numprocs=1
fi
make -j$numprocs
%install
make install-strip DESTDIR=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT
%clean
rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
%files
%doc %{_docdir}/HTML/*/kkbswitch/*
%{_bindir}/kkbswitch
%{_datadir}/applnk/Utilities/kkbswitch.desktop
%{_datadir}/apps/kkbswitch/*
%{_datadir}/apps/kconf_update/kkbswitch.upd
%{_datadir}/apps/kconf_update/kkbswitch_update_14_icons
%{_datadir}/apps/kconf_update/kkbswitch_update_14_options
%{_datadir}/locale/*/LC_MESSAGES/kkbswitch.mo
%{_datadir}/autostart/kkbswitch.desktop
%{_mandir}/man1/kkbswitch.1*
%if 0%{?_with_ru_ua_layout:1}
/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/xkb/symbols/ru_ua
%endif
%changelog
* Sat Jan 15 2005 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com> 1.4.2
- Version 1.4.3
* Sat Nov 13 2004 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com> 1.4.2-2
- Added explicit BuildRequires: kdelibs-devel
- Don't use %configure, it causes binary to be named something like
i686-redhat-linux-gnu-kkbswitch on older (RH 7.3) systems
* Sat Nov 6 2004 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
- Version 1.4.2
* Tue Jun 15 2004 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
- Version 1.4.1
* Sat May 8 2004 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
- Version 1.4
- provide files list explicitly
- --without ru_ua_layout support
* Thu Jan 8 2004 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
- Version 1.3.2
* Sun Nov 2 2003 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
- Version 1.3.1
* Tue Oct 21 2003 Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
- Version 1.3

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
updatedir = $(kde_datadir)/kconf_update
update_SCRIPTS = kkbswitch_update_14_icons kkbswitch_update_14_options
update_DATA = kkbswitch.upd

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
Id=kkbswitch1.4-icons
File=kkbswitchrc
Group=Icons
Script=kkbswitch_update_14_icons
#
Id=kkbswitch1.4-options
File=kkbswitchrc
Group=Options
Script=kkbswitch_update_14_options

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
#!/bin/sh
# update Icons section
if [ -z "$DISPLAY" ]; then
DISPLAY=":0"
fi
# get group names
eval $(xkbcomp $DISPLAY - | grep -i 'name\[group[0-9]*\] *=' | sed -e 's/\[/_/;s/]//')
IFS='='
while read name value; do
loname=$(echo "$name" | tr 'A-Z' 'a-z');
case "$loname" in
group[1-4])
groupname=$(eval echo -n \$"name_$loname");
if [ -n "$groupname" ]; then
echo "$groupname=$value"
echo "# DELETE $name"
else
echo "$name=$value"
fi
;;
*)
echo "$name=$value"
;;
esac
done;

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
#!/bin/sh
# update options section
IFS='=';
while read name value; do
if [ "$name" = "perwindow_group" ]; then
if [ "$value" = "true" ]; then
echo "group_scope=2"
else
echo "group_scope=0"
fi
echo "# DELETE perwindow_group"
else
echo "$name=$value"
fi
done

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/* XPM */
static char *magick[] = {
/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */
"32 32 9 1",
" c #00000040",
". c #0000c040",
"X c #0000ff6f",
"o c #00808074",
"O c #00c0c074",
"+ c #80808025",
"@ c #c0c0c079",
"# c #ffffff20",
"$ c None",
/* pixels */
"$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$$$$$$$$$ + $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$$$$$$$$$ @@ $$$$$$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$ $$$$$$ @@ .. $$$$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$ + $$$$ + XX.. $$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$ @@ $$ @ ..XX.. $$$$$$$",
"$$$$$ @@ .. ##@ ..XX. $$$$$",
"$$$$$ + XX.. @##@ ..X @+ $$$",
"$$$$$ @ ..XX.. @##@ . @@ + $",
"$$$$$ ##@ ..XX. @##@ +@ @@ $",
"$$$$$ ####@ ..X @+ @##@ @@ $",
"$$$$$ ######@ . @@ + ###@ + $",
"$$$$$ ########@ +@ @@ @####@ $",
"$ $$ ##########@ @@ @@####@ $",
"$ o ############@ + @@####@ $",
"$ Ooo @############@ @@####@ $",
"$ oOOoo @###########@ @@####@ $",
"$ ooOOoo @#########@ @@####@ $",
"$ @ ooOO + ########@ @@####@ $",
"$ ##@ oo @@ @#######@ @@####@ $",
"$ ####@ @@ @@######@ @@####@ $",
"$ ######@ + @@######@ @@@###@ $",
"$ ########@ @@######@ @@@#@ $",
"$ @@#######@ @@@#####@ $$ @@@ $",
"$ @@@#####@ @@@###@ $$$$ @ $",
"$$$ @@@###@ $$ @@@#@ $$$$$$ $",
"$$$$$ @@@#@ $$$$ @@@ $$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$$$ @@@ $$$$$$ @ $$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$$$$$ @ $$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$",
"$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$"
};

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
METASOURCES = AUTO
bin_PROGRAMS = kkbswitch
kkbswitch_LDFLAGS = $(KDE_RPATH) $(all_libraries)
kkbswitch_SOURCES = boldlistboxitem.cpp boldmenuitem.cpp kbconfig.cpp kbconfigdlg.cpp kbgroup.cpp kbpickicondlg.cpp kbswitchapp.cpp kbswitchintf.cpp kbswitchtrayicon.cpp main.cpp pathlistboxitem.cpp xkeyboard.cpp kbswitchintf.skel boldlistboxitem.h boldmenuitem.h kbconfigdlg.h kbconfig.h kbgroup.h kbpickicondlg.h kbswitchapp.h kbswitchintf.h kbswitchtrayicon.h pathlistboxitem.h xkeyboard.h windowwatcher.cpp singlewindowwatcher.cpp windowclasswatcher.cpp
INCLUDES = $(all_includes)
kkbswitch_LDADD = $(LIB_KIO) $(LIB_KDEUI)
messages:
$(XGETTEXT) *.cpp -o $(podir)/kkbswitch.pot
noinst_HEADERS = windowwatcher.h singlewindowwatcher.h windowclasswatcher.h
kkbswitchdatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kkbswitch
kkbswitchdata_DATA = group_names
applnkUtilities_DATA = kkbswitch.desktop
applnkUtilitiesdir = $(kde_appsdir)/Utilities
if ENABLE_RU_UA_LAYOUT
xkbsymbolsdir = $(x_libraries)/X11/xkb/symbols
xkbsymbols_DATA = ru_ua
endif
autostartdir = $(prefix)/share/autostart
autostart_DATA = kkbswitch.desktop

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
METASOURCES = AUTO
bin_PROGRAMS =
lib_LTLIBRARIES =
kdeinit_LTLIBRARIES = kkbswitch.la
kkbswitch_la_LDFLAGS = $(KDE_RPATH) $(all_libraries) -module -avoid-version
kkbswitch_la_SOURCES = boldlistboxitem.cpp boldmenuitem.cpp kbconfig.cpp kbconfigdlg.cpp kbgroup.cpp kbpickicondlg.cpp kbswitchapp.cpp kbswitchintf.cpp kbswitchtrayicon.cpp main.cpp pathlistboxitem.cpp xkeyboard.cpp kbswitchintf.skel boldlistboxitem.h boldmenuitem.h kbconfigdlg.h kbconfig.h kbgroup.h kbpickicondlg.h kbswitchapp.h kbswitchintf.h kbswitchtrayicon.h pathlistboxitem.h xkeyboard.h windowwatcher.cpp singlewindowwatcher.cpp windowclasswatcher.cpp
INCLUDES = $(all_includes)
kkbswitch_la_LIBADD = $(LIB_KIO) $(LIB_KDEUI)
messages:
$(XGETTEXT) *.cpp -o $(podir)/kkbswitch.pot
noinst_HEADERS = windowwatcher.h singlewindowwatcher.h windowclasswatcher.h
kkbswitchdatadir = $(kde_datadir)/kkbswitch
kkbswitchdata_DATA = group_names
applnkUtilities_DATA = kkbswitch.desktop
applnkUtilitiesdir = $(kde_appsdir)/Utilities
if ENABLE_RU_UA_LAYOUT
xkbsymbolsdir = $(x_libraries)/X11/xkb/symbols
xkbsymbols_DATA = ru_ua
endif
autostartdir = $(prefix)/share/autostart
autostart_DATA = kkbswitch.desktop

@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
/***************************************************************************
boldlistboxitem.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : ??? ??? 12 2003
copyright : (C) 2003 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "boldlistboxitem.h"
#include <qpainter.h>
BoldListBoxItem::BoldListBoxItem(QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pix,
const QString &text, bool bold)
: QListBoxPixmap(listbox, pix, text), m_bold(bold)
{
}
BoldListBoxItem::~BoldListBoxItem()
{
}
void BoldListBoxItem::paint(QPainter *painter)
{
if (m_bold) {
QFont font = painter->font();
font.setBold(true);
painter->setFont(font);
}
QListBoxPixmap::paint(painter);
}

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/***************************************************************************
boldlistboxitem.h - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Oct 12 2003
copyright : (C) 2003 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef BOLDLISTBOXITEM_H
#define BOLDLISTBOXITEM_H
#include <qlistbox.h>
/**Listbox item that can optionally display its text in bold
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class BoldListBoxItem : public QListBoxPixmap {
private:
bool m_bold;
protected:
virtual void paint (QPainter *painter);
public:
BoldListBoxItem(QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pix, const QString &text,
bool bold = false);
~BoldListBoxItem();
bool bold() { return m_bold; }
void setBold(bool bold) { m_bold = bold; }
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/***************************************************************************
boldmenuitem.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Sat Sep 1 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "boldmenuitem.h"
#include <qfont.h>
#include <qpainter.h>
#include <qpalette.h>
#include <qstyle.h>
#include <kdebug.h>
#include <kglobalsettings.h>
#include <kdeversion.h>
#if KDE_VERSION_MAJOR >= 3
#include <kapplication.h>
#else
#include <kapp.h>
#endif
BoldMenuItem::BoldMenuItem(const QString &text, const QColor &active_text_color,
bool bold)
: m_text(text), m_active_text_color(active_text_color), m_bold(bold)
{
}
BoldMenuItem::~BoldMenuItem(){
}
void BoldMenuItem::paint(QPainter* painter, const QColorGroup& /*cg*/,
bool act, bool /*enabled*/, int x, int y, int w, int h)
{
QFont font = painter->font();
if (font.bold() != m_bold) {
font.setBold(m_bold);
painter->setFont(font);
}
//if (act) painter->setPen(KGlobalSettings::highlightedTextColor());
//if (act) painter->setPen(cg.highlightedText());
if (act) painter->setPen(m_active_text_color);
kdDebug() << "bg color = " << painter->brush().color().rgb() << endl;
painter->drawText(x, y, w, h, AlignLeft | AlignVCenter | ShowPrefix | DontClip,
m_text);
//KApplication::style().drawItem(painter, QRect(x, y, w, h), AlignLeft | AlignVCenter | ShowPrefix | DontClip,
// cg, enabled, 0, m_text);
}
void BoldMenuItem::setFont(const QFont& font)
{
m_size = QFontMetrics(font).size(AlignLeft | AlignVCenter | ShowPrefix | DontClip,
m_text);
QCustomMenuItem::setFont(font);
}

@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
/***************************************************************************
boldmenuitem.h - description
-------------------
begin : Sat Sep 1 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef BOLDMENUITEM_H
#define BOLDMENUITEM_H
#include <qmenudata.h>
/**A custom menu item that can display its text in bold
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
* 02.09.2001: somehow I cannot make it work. The item looks ok when not
* selected, but appears empty when selected. I have a suspicion that this
* is a problem with some KDE styles (B3 in particular), the style doesn't
* paint custom menu items correctly. With some other styles, such as Qt built-in
* Windows style, everything works correctly. I suspend the work on this for the
* time being...
*/
class BoldMenuItem : public QCustomMenuItem {
private:
QString m_text;
QColor m_active_text_color;
bool m_bold;
QSize m_size;
public:
BoldMenuItem(const QString &text, const QColor &active_text_color, bool bold = false);
~BoldMenuItem();
QString& text() { return m_text; };
void setText(const QString& value) { m_text = value; };
bool bold() { return m_bold; };
void setBold(bool value) { m_bold = value; };
virtual void paint(QPainter* painter, const QColorGroup& /*cg*/,
bool act, bool /*enabled*/, int x, int y, int w, int h);
virtual void setFont(const QFont& font);
virtual QSize sizeHint() { return m_size; };
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
[Mapping]
US/ASCII=us
Belgian=be
Bulgarian=bg
Canadian=ca
Czech=cz
Danish=dk
Finnish=fi
French=fr
Georgian=ge
German=de
Great Britain=gb
Greek=gr
Hungarian=hu
Icelandic=is
ISO8859-7=gr
Israelian=il
Italian=it
Latvian=lv
Lithuanian=lt
Macedonian=mk
Norwegian=no
Polish=pl
Portugese=pt
Russian=ru
Slovak=sk
Spanish=es
Swedish=se
Swiss French=ch
Swiss German=ch
Thai=th
Ukrainian=ua
Vietnamese=vn
[Languages]
US/ASCII=en
Canadian=en
Great Britain=en
Greek=el
ISO8859-7=el
Israelian=he
Swiss French=fr
Swiss German=de
Ukrainian=uk

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbconfig.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 8 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include <config.h>
#include <kdeversion.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kglobal.h>
#if KDE_VERSION_MAJOR >= 3
#include <kstandarddirs.h>
#include <kapplication.h>
#else
#include <kstddirs.h>
#include <kapp.h>
#endif
#include <kglobalsettings.h>
#include <kdebug.h>
#include <kglobalaccel.h>
#include <qnamespace.h>
#include <qpainter.h>
#include <qimage.h>
#include "kbconfig.h"
#include "xkeyboard.h"
#ifdef HAVE_X11_EXTENSIONS_XKBRULES_H
#include <X11/extensions/XKBrules.h>
#endif
#define TOGGLE_MODE_ENTRY "toggle_mode"
#define DEFAULT_GROUP_ENTRY "default_group"
//#define PERWINDOW_GROUP_ENTRY "perwindow_group"
#define ICON_TYPE_ENTRY "icon_type"
#define AUTOSTART_ENTRY "autostart"
#define USE_SHORTCUTS_ENTRY "use_shorcuts"
#define GROUP_SCOPE_ENTRY "group_scope"
KBConfig::KBConfig()
{
m_toggle_mode = false;
m_groups.setAutoDelete(true);
m_default_groupno = 0;
//m_perwindow_group = false;
m_group_scope = SCOPE_GLOBAL;
m_autostart = true;
m_icon_style = ICON_CODE_AND_FLAG;
//m_keys = new KGlobalAccel(NULL);
m_keys = NULL;
}
KBConfig::~KBConfig()
{
delete m_keys;
}
/** load the KBSwitch configration from the application KConfig object */
void KBConfig::load(KConfig *config){
config->setGroup(OPTIONS_SECTION);
m_toggle_mode = config->readBoolEntry(TOGGLE_MODE_ENTRY);
m_default_groupno = config->readNumEntry(DEFAULT_GROUP_ENTRY);
//m_perwindow_group = config->readBoolEntry(PERWINDOW_GROUP_ENTRY);
m_group_scope = GroupScope(config->readNumEntry(GROUP_SCOPE_ENTRY, SCOPE_GLOBAL));
m_autostart = config->readBoolEntry(AUTOSTART_ENTRY, true);
m_icon_style = IconStyle(config->readNumEntry(ICON_TYPE_ENTRY, ICON_FLAG));
m_use_shortcuts = config->readBoolEntry(USE_SHORTCUTS_ENTRY, false);
XKeyboard *xkb = XKeyboard::self();
QStringList list;
xkb->getGroupNames(list);
unsigned int i = 0;
m_groups.clear();
m_groups.resize(xkb->getNumKbdGroups());
QString name;
for (QStringList::Iterator iter = list.begin(); iter != list.end(); iter++, i++) {
name = *iter;
if (name == QString::null) name = i18n("<Unnamed>");
m_groups.insert(i, new KBGroup(name));
}
QValueVector<QPixmap> pixlist;
QStringList iconpaths;
drawIcons(m_icon_style, &pixlist, &iconpaths);
for (i = 0; i < m_groups.count(); i++) {
m_groups[i]->setPixmap(pixlist[i]);
m_groups[i]->setIconPath(iconpaths[i]);
}
if (m_keys) delete m_keys;
m_keys = new KGlobalAccel(NULL);
for (int i = 0; i < groupCount(); i++) {
m_keys->insert(QString::fromLatin1("SetGroup %1").arg(i),
i18n("Activate %1 keyboard layout").arg(m_groups[i]->getName()),
QString::null, Qt::ALT+Qt::CTRL+Qt::Key_1 + i, KKey::QtWIN+Qt::CTRL+Qt::Key_1 + i,
kapp, SLOT(slotGroupSelected(int)));
}
m_keys->readSettings(config);
checkKeysEnabled();
}
void KBConfig::save(KConfig *config)
{
config->setGroup(OPTIONS_SECTION);
config->writeEntry(TOGGLE_MODE_ENTRY, m_toggle_mode);
config->writeEntry(DEFAULT_GROUP_ENTRY, m_default_groupno);
//config->writeEntry(PERWINDOW_GROUP_ENTRY, m_perwindow_group);
config->writeEntry(GROUP_SCOPE_ENTRY, m_group_scope);
config->writeEntry(ICON_TYPE_ENTRY, m_icon_style);
config->writeEntry(AUTOSTART_ENTRY, m_autostart);
config->writeEntry(USE_SHORTCUTS_ENTRY, m_use_shortcuts);
m_keys->writeSettings(config);
}
void KBConfig::drawIcons(IconStyle icon_style, QValueVector<QPixmap> *icons,
QStringList *iconpaths)
{
QString path, countryCode, langCode;
QStringList layouts;
KGlobal::dirs()->addResourceDir("appdata", ".");
KConfig map("group_names", true, true, "appdata");
KConfig *config = kapp->config();
config->setGroup(ICONS_SECTION);
getXkbLayouts(layouts);
icons->clear();
icons->resize(m_groups.count());
iconpaths->clear();
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_groups.count(); i++) {
map.setGroup("Mapping");
countryCode = map.readEntry(m_groups[i]->getName());
// if the country code can't be guessed from group name, try XKB layout name
if (countryCode.isEmpty() && i < layouts.count()) countryCode = layouts[i];
map.setGroup("Languages");
langCode = map.readEntry(m_groups[i]->getName());
if (langCode.isEmpty()) langCode = countryCode;
QPixmap &pix = (*icons)[i];
pix.resize(0, 0);
path = QString::null;
if (icon_style == ICON_FLAG /*&& !countryCode.isEmpty()*/)
drawFlagPixmap(pix, path, countryCode, i, config);
else if (icon_style == ICON_CODE_AND_FLAG /*&& !countryCode.isEmpty()*/)
drawCodeAndFlagPixmap(pix, path, countryCode, langCode, i, config);
if (pix.isNull() && !langCode.isEmpty())
drawCodePixmap(pix, langCode);
if (pix.isNull()) drawDefaultPixmap(pix, i);
iconpaths->append(path);
}
}
/** No descriptions */
/*void KBConfig::guessGroupPixmaps(){
KGlobal::dirs()->addResourceDir("appdata", ".");
KConfig map("group_names", true, true, "appdata");
QString path, countryCode, langCode;
QPixmap pix;
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_groups.count(); i++) {
if (m_groups[i]->getPixmap().isNull()) {
map.setGroup("Mapping");
countryCode = map.readEntry(m_groups[i]->getName());
map.setGroup("Languages");
langCode = map.readEntry(m_groups[i]->getName());
if (langCode.isEmpty()) langCode = countryCode;
pix.resize(0, 0);
if (m_icon_type == ICON_FLAG && !countryCode.isEmpty())
drawFlagPixmap(pix, countryCode);
else if (m_icon_type == ICON_CODE_AND_FLAG && !countryCode.isEmpty())
drawCodeAndFlagPixmap(pix, countryCode, langCode);
if (pix.isNull() && !langCode.isEmpty())
drawCodePixmap(pix, langCode);
if (!pix.isNull()) m_groups[i]->setPixmap(pix);
}
}
}*/
bool KBConfig::getGroupImage(QImage &img, QString &path, const QString &code,
int group, KConfig *config)
{
bool ret = true;
bool need_to_scale = false;
path = config->readEntry(m_groups[group]->getName()/*entryForGroup(group)*/);
if (path.isEmpty() || !img.load(path)) {
if (code.isEmpty()) ret = false;
else {
path = locate("locale", QString("l10n/%1/flag.png").arg(code));
if (!path.isEmpty()) ret = img.load(path);
else {
// I am told in Red Hat 9 standard KDE flag pixmaps are missing.
// Workaround: we have to simulate them by rescaling GKB's pixmaps
path = QString("/usr/share/pixmaps/gkb/%1.png").arg(code);
ret = img.load(path) && !img.isNull();
need_to_scale = true;
}
}
}
if (ret) {
// if need_to_scale is not already set, set it if image is too wide
if (!need_to_scale) need_to_scale = img.width() > 24;
if (need_to_scale) img = img.smoothScale(FLAG_ICON_WIDTH, FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT);
}
return ret;
}
void KBConfig::drawFlagPixmap(QPixmap &pix, QString &path, const QString &code,
int group, KConfig *config)
{
QImage img;
if (getGroupImage(img, path, code, group, config))
pix.convertFromImage(img);
}
void KBConfig::drawCodePixmap(QPixmap &pix, const QString &code)
{
pix.resize(19, 16);
QPainter painter(&pix);
QFont font("helvetica", 9, QFont::Bold);
font.setPixelSize(10);
painter.setFont(font);
painter.setPen(KGlobalSettings::highlightedTextColor());
pix.fill(KGlobalSettings::highlightColor());
painter.drawText(1, 0, pix.width(), pix.height(),
Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter, code.upper());
/*QSize size = painter.fontMetrics().size(0, code.upper());
kdDebug() << size.width() << " x " << size.height() << endl;*/
}
void KBConfig::drawCodeAndFlagPixmap(QPixmap &pix, QString &path,
const QString &countryCode, const QString &langCode, int group, KConfig *config)
{
QImage img;
if (!getGroupImage(img, path, countryCode, group, config)) return; // could not find flag
if (img.depth() <= 8) img = img.convertDepth(32);
// the following code is taken from kdebase/kxkb/pixmap.cpp
for (int y = 0; y < img.height(); y++)
for(int x = 0; x < img.width(); x++) {
QRgb rgb = img.pixel(x, y);
img.setPixel(x, y, qRgb(qRed(rgb)*3/4, qGreen(rgb)*3/4, qBlue(rgb)*3/4));
}
pix.convertFromImage(img);
QPainter painter(&pix);
painter.setPen(Qt::black);
painter.setFont(QFont("helvetica", 10, QFont::Bold));
painter.drawText(1, 1, pix.width(), pix.height()-2, Qt::AlignCenter, langCode);
painter.setPen(Qt::white);
painter.drawText(0, 0, pix.width(), pix.height()-2, Qt::AlignCenter, langCode);
}
void KBConfig::drawDefaultPixmap(QPixmap &pix, int group)
{
pix.resize(FLAG_ICON_WIDTH, FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT);
QPainter painter(&pix);
pix.fill();
painter.drawText(0, 0, pix.width(), pix.height(),
Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter, QString::number(group+1));
}
void KBConfig::checkKeysEnabled()
{
m_keys->setEnabled(m_use_shortcuts);
m_keys->updateConnections();
}
/** No descriptions */
/*void KBConfig::drawDefaultPixmaps(){
QPixmap pix(16, 16);
QPainter painter(&pix);
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_groups.count(); i++) {
if (m_groups[i]->getPixmap().isNull()) {
pix.fill();
painter.drawText(0, 0, pix.width(), pix.height(),
Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignVCenter, QString::number(i+1));
m_groups[i]->setPixmap(pix);
}
}
}*/
/** No descriptions */
/*void KBConfig::loadConfiguredPixmaps(KConfig *config){
QString path;
QPixmap pix;
config->setGroup(ICONS_SECTION);
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < m_groups.count(); i++) {
path = config->readEntry(entryForGroup(i));
if (!path.isEmpty() && pix.load(path))
m_groups[i]->setPixmap(pix);
}
}*/
/** No descriptions */
/*void KBConfig::notifyChanged(){
emit changed();
}*/
/*!
\fn KBConfig::getXkbLayouts(const QStringList &layouts)
*/
void KBConfig::getXkbLayouts(QStringList &layouts)
{
#if HAVE_X11_EXTENSIONS_XKBRULES_H && HAVE_LIBXKBFILE
XkbRF_VarDefsRec vardefs;
int i;
usleep(10000);
if (XkbRF_GetNamesProp(qt_xdisplay(), NULL, &vardefs)) {
layouts = QStringList::split(',', vardefs.layout, true);
for (QStringList::Iterator it = layouts.begin(); it != layouts.end(); ++it) {
i = 0;
while ((*it)[i] >= 'a' && (*it)[i] <= 'z') i++;
*it = (*it).left(i);
}
if (vardefs.layout) XFree(vardefs.layout);
if (vardefs.model) XFree(vardefs.model);
if (vardefs.variant) XFree(vardefs.variant);
if (vardefs.options) XFree(vardefs.options);
}
#endif
}

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbconfig.h - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 8 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef KBCONFIG_H
#define KBCONFIG_H
#include "kbgroup.h"
#include <qptrvector.h>
#include <qvaluevector.h>
#include <kconfig.h>
#define ICONS_SECTION "Icons"
#define OPTIONS_SECTION "Options"
#define FLAG_ICON_WIDTH 21
#define FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT 14
class KGlobalAccel;
typedef QPtrVector<KBGroup> KBGroupVector;
/**The class that stores configuration information of KBSwitch
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class KBConfig {
public:
enum IconStyle { ICON_FLAG, ICON_CODE, ICON_CODE_AND_FLAG };
enum GroupScope { SCOPE_GLOBAL, SCOPE_CLASS, SCOPE_WINDOW };
private:
KBGroupVector m_groups;
bool m_toggle_mode;
int m_default_groupno;
//bool m_perwindow_group;
GroupScope m_group_scope;
bool m_autostart;
bool m_use_shortcuts;
IconStyle m_icon_style;
KGlobalAccel *m_keys;
public:
KBConfig();
~KBConfig();
int groupCount() { return m_groups.count(); };
KBGroup *getGroup(int groupno) { return m_groups[groupno]; };
bool toggle_mode() {return m_toggle_mode; };
/** No descriptions */
void set_toggle_mode(bool value) {m_toggle_mode = value; };
int default_groupno() { return m_default_groupno; };
void set_default_groupno(int value) { m_default_groupno = value; };
/*bool perwindow_group() { return m_perwindow_group; };
void set_perwindow_group(int value) { m_perwindow_group = value; };*/
GroupScope group_scope() { return m_group_scope; }
void set_group_scope(GroupScope value) { m_group_scope = value; }
bool autostart() { return m_autostart; }
void set_autostart(bool value) { m_autostart = value; }
IconStyle icon_style() { return m_icon_style; }
void set_icon_style(IconStyle value) { m_icon_style = value; }
bool use_shortcuts() { return m_use_shortcuts; }
void set_use_shortcuts(bool value) { m_use_shortcuts = value; }
KGlobalAccel *keys() { return m_keys; }
/** Load the KBSwitch configration from the application KConfig object */
void load(KConfig *config);
/** Save the KBSwitch configration to the application KConfig object */
void save(KConfig *config);
/** No descriptions */
/*void notifyChanged();*/
/*static QString entryForGroup(int i) {
return QString("Group%1").arg(i+1);
}*/
void drawIcons(IconStyle icon_style, QValueVector<QPixmap> *icons,
QStringList *iconpaths);
void checkKeysEnabled();
int getNextGroup(int groupno) {
return groupno >= groupCount() - 1 ? 0 : groupno + 1;
}
private: // Private methods
/** No descriptions */
//void guessGroupPixmaps();
/** No descriptions */
//void drawDefaultPixmaps();
/** No descriptions */
//void loadConfiguredPixmaps(KConfig *config);
void drawFlagPixmap(QPixmap &pix, QString &path, const QString &code,
int group, KConfig *config);
void drawCodePixmap(QPixmap &pix, const QString &code);
void drawCodeAndFlagPixmap(QPixmap &pix, QString &path,
const QString &countryCode, const QString &langCode, int group,
KConfig *config);
void drawDefaultPixmap(QPixmap &pix, int group);
bool getGroupImage(QImage &img, QString &path, const QString &code, int group,
KConfig *config);
void getXkbLayouts(QStringList &layouts);
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbconfigdlg.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 8 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "kbconfigdlg.h"
#include "kbpickicondlg.h"
#include "boldlistboxitem.h"
#include <qlayout.h>
#include <qlabel.h>
#include <qcheckbox.h>
#include <qwhatsthis.h>
#include <qvbox.h>
#include <qstyle.h>
#include <qgroupbox.h>
#include <qheader.h>
#include <qobjectlist.h>
#include <qpushbutton.h>
#include <qcombobox.h>
#include <kdeversion.h>
#include <klistbox.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kdebug.h>
#if KDE_VERSION_MAJOR >= 3
#include <kapplication.h>
#else
#include <kapp.h>
#endif
#include <klistview.h>
#include <kkeydialog.h>
#include <kconfig.h>
/* This little subclass of KKeyChooser reimplements sizeHint() to
look a little smaller in our config dialog. The default size
is way too large IMHO and makes General page look oversized
*/
class SmallerKeyChooser : public KKeyChooser {
private:
QSize m_size_hint;
void calcSizeHint();
public:
SmallerKeyChooser(KGlobalAccel *accel, QWidget *parent) :
KKeyChooser(accel, parent) { calcSizeHint(); }
virtual QSize sizeHint() const { return m_size_hint; }
};
void SmallerKeyChooser::calcSizeHint()
{
m_size_hint = KKeyChooser::sizeHint();
KListView *lv = NULL;
QGroupBox *gb = NULL;
const QObjectList *objects = children();
QObjectListIt iter(*objects);
QObject *obj;
while ( (obj = iter.current()) ) {
++iter;
if (obj->inherits("KListView"))
lv = dynamic_cast<KListView*>(obj);
else if (obj->inherits("QGroupBox"))
gb = dynamic_cast<QGroupBox*>(obj);
}
if (!lv || !gb) return; // oops, should not happen
QListViewItem *item = lv->firstChild();
if (!item) return;
int height = item->height() * (1 + item->childCount()) + lv->header()->height() +
style().pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent) + gb->sizeHint().height() +
layout()->spacing() * 2;
int width = lv->columnWidth(0) + lv->columnWidth(1);
m_size_hint = QSize(width, height);
}
static inline bool iconTypeShowsFlag(KBConfig::IconStyle icon_style)
{
return icon_style == KBConfig::ICON_FLAG || icon_style == KBConfig::ICON_CODE_AND_FLAG;
}
KBConfigDlg::KBConfigDlg(KBConfig *kbconf, QWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KDialogBase(Tabbed, i18n("Configure")/*caption*/, Ok | Apply | Cancel | Help,
Ok, parent, name, true /*modal*/)
{
m_kbconf = kbconf;
m_default_groupno = m_kbconf->default_groupno();
setHelp(QString("configure-kkbswitch"));
setButtonBoxOrientation(Horizontal);
setupGeneralPage();
setupShortcutsPage();
showConfig();
slotIconTypeSelected(m_kbconf->icon_style());
}
KBConfigDlg::~KBConfigDlg(){
}
void KBConfigDlg::setupGeneralPage()
{
QFrame *page = addPage(i18n("&General")); //makeMainWidget();
QVBoxLayout *vlayout = new QVBoxLayout(page);
vlayout->setSpacing(2);
QLabel *lbl = new QLabel(i18n("Available &keyboard layouts:"), page);
vlayout->addWidget(lbl);
QHBoxLayout *groupsLayout = new QHBoxLayout(vlayout);
groupsLayout->setSpacing(2);
lbGroups = new KListBox(page);
QObject::connect(lbGroups, SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, SLOT(slotLayoutSelected()));
QObject::connect(lbGroups, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListBoxItem *)), this,
SLOT(slotListBoxExecuted(QListBoxItem *)));
groupsLayout->addWidget(lbGroups);
lbl->setBuddy(lbGroups);
QWhatsThis::add(lbGroups, i18n("This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" button "
"to set the default layout."));
QVBoxLayout *btnLayout = new QVBoxLayout(groupsLayout);
btnLayout->setSpacing(2);
btnChangeIcon = new QPushButton(i18n("Cha&nge Icon..."), page);
QObject::connect(btnChangeIcon, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotPickIcon()));
btnLayout->addWidget(btnChangeIcon, 0, Qt::AlignTop);
QWhatsThis::add(btnChangeIcon, i18n("Click this button to change the icon for the "
"layout selected in the list box to the left."));
btnSetDefaultIcon = new QPushButton(i18n("Use &Default Icon"), page);
QObject::connect(btnSetDefaultIcon, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotSetDefaultIcon()));
btnLayout->addWidget(btnSetDefaultIcon, 0, Qt::AlignTop);
QWhatsThis::add(btnSetDefaultIcon, i18n("Click this button to use default icon for the "
"layout selected in the list box to the left."));
btnSetDefaultGroup = new QPushButton(i18n("&Set as Default"), page);
QObject::connect(btnSetDefaultGroup, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotSetDefaultGroup()));
btnLayout->addWidget(btnSetDefaultGroup, 0, Qt::AlignTop);
QWhatsThis::add(btnSetDefaultGroup, i18n("Cick this button to set the layout selected "
"in the list box to the left as the default"));
btnLayout->addItem(new QSpacerItem(1, 1, QSizePolicy::Minimum,
QSizePolicy::MinimumExpanding));
lbl = new QLabel(i18n("Layout &icon style:"), page);
vlayout->addWidget(lbl);
cbxIconType = new QComboBox(page);
cbxIconType->setEditable(false);
cbxIconType->insertItem(i18n("Country flag"));
cbxIconType->insertItem(i18n("Language code"));
cbxIconType->insertItem(i18n("Flag and code"));
QObject::connect(cbxIconType, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(slotIconTypeSelected(int)));
vlayout->addWidget(cbxIconType);
lbl->setBuddy(cbxIconType);
QWhatsThis::add(cbxIconType, i18n("<p>Select the style of icons representing the "
"current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:"
"<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - displays the corresponding contry flag"
"<li><b>Language code</b> - displays the language ISO 2-letter code"
"<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the language code superimposed over the country flag."
"</ul></p>"));
lbl = new QLabel(i18n("&Layout applies to:"), page);
vlayout->addWidget(lbl);
cbxGroupScope = new QComboBox(page);
cbxGroupScope->setEditable(false);
cbxGroupScope->insertItem(i18n("All windows"));
cbxGroupScope->insertItem(i18n("Windows of one application"));
cbxGroupScope->insertItem(i18n("One window"));
vlayout->addWidget(cbxGroupScope);
lbl->setBuddy(cbxGroupScope);
QWhatsThis::add(cbxGroupScope, i18n("<p>Select what windows the currently selected "
"keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; each "
"application can have its own layout. When you switch between applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can have its own layout. "
"When you switch between windows, layout follows the active window.</ul></p>"));
chkToggleMode = new QCheckBox(i18n("Use \"&Toggle Mode\""), page);
vlayout->addWidget(chkToggleMode);
QWhatsThis::add(chkToggleMode, i18n("Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard "
"layouts defined. When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two most frequently used layouts. "
"To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray popup menu"));
/*chkPerwindowGroup = new QCheckBox(i18n("Use &per-window layout"), page);
vlayout->addWidget(chkPerwindowGroup);
QWhatsThis::add(chkPerwindowGroup, i18n("When this checkbox is checked, "
"each window has its own current keyboard layout. When it's unchecked, "
"the current layout affects all windows"));*/
chkAutostart = new QCheckBox(i18n("A&utostart"), page);
vlayout->addWidget(chkAutostart);
QWhatsThis::add(chkAutostart, i18n("When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch "
"will start automatically when you log in"));
}
void KBConfigDlg::setupShortcutsPage()
{
QVBox *box = addVBoxPage(i18n("Sho&rtcuts"));
chkUseShortcuts = new QCheckBox(i18n("Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"), box);
connect(chkUseShortcuts, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), this, SLOT(slotUseShortcutsToggled(bool)));
QWhatsThis::add(chkUseShortcuts, i18n("Check this checkbox to be able to quickly "
"activate any keyboard layout with keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox "
"is checked, you can adjust the shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. "
"Especially useful if you have three or four keyboard layouts configured"));
keyChooser = new SmallerKeyChooser(m_kbconf->keys(), box);
}
/** Display the current KBSwitch configuration in the dialog */
void KBConfigDlg::showConfig(){
int i;
KBGroup *group;
KConfig *conf = kapp->config();
m_iconpaths.clear();
conf->setGroup(ICONS_SECTION);
for (i = 0; i < m_kbconf->groupCount(); i++) {
group = m_kbconf->getGroup(i);
(void) new BoldListBoxItem(lbGroups, group->getPixmap(), group->getName(),
i == m_default_groupno);
//m_iconpaths.append(conf->readEntry(KBConfig::entryForGroup(i)));
m_iconpaths.append(group->getIconPath());
}
if (m_kbconf->groupCount() > 0) lbGroups->setCurrentItem(0);
lbGroups->setMinimumHeight(lbGroups->itemHeight() * (m_kbconf->groupCount() + 1));
cbxIconType->setCurrentItem(m_kbconf->icon_style());
cbxGroupScope->setCurrentItem(m_kbconf->group_scope());
chkToggleMode->setChecked(m_kbconf->toggle_mode());
//chkPerwindowGroup->setChecked(m_kbconf->perwindow_group());
chkAutostart->setChecked(m_kbconf->autostart());
chkUseShortcuts->setChecked(m_kbconf->use_shortcuts());
slotUseShortcutsToggled(m_kbconf->use_shortcuts());
}
/** Fire up "Pick Icon" dialog */
void KBConfigDlg::slotPickIcon(){
int index = lbGroups->currentItem();
QApplication::setOverrideCursor(QCursor(Qt::WaitCursor));
KBPickIconDlg dlg(m_iconpaths[index], *(lbGroups->pixmap(index)), this);
QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
if (dlg.exec()) {
QString path = dlg.getIconPath();
KBGroup *group = m_kbconf->getGroup(index);
if (!path.isEmpty() && path != group->getIconPath()) {
kapp->config()->writeEntry(group->getName()/*KBConfig::entryForGroup(index)*/, path);
redrawIcons(KBConfig::IconStyle(cbxIconType->currentItem()));
checkIconDefault(index);
}
}
}
void KBConfigDlg::slotSetDefaultGroup()
{
int new_default_group = lbGroups->currentItem();
if (m_default_groupno != new_default_group) {
BoldListBoxItem *item = dynamic_cast<BoldListBoxItem*>(lbGroups->item(m_default_groupno));
item->setBold(false);
m_default_groupno = new_default_group;
// NB: don't use selectedItem(); it's not present in Qt 3.0, and
// we want to maintain compatibility with it
int curitem = lbGroups->currentItem();
if (curitem > -1) { // should not be -1, but just in case
item = dynamic_cast<BoldListBoxItem*>(lbGroups->item(curitem));
item->setBold(true);
lbGroups->triggerUpdate(false);
}
}
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBConfigDlg::slotLayoutSelected(){
btnChangeIcon->setEnabled(lbGroups->currentItem() != -1 &&
iconTypeShowsFlag(KBConfig::IconStyle(cbxIconType->currentItem())));
checkIconDefault(lbGroups->currentItem());
btnSetDefaultGroup->setEnabled(lbGroups->currentItem() != -1 &&
lbGroups->currentItem() != m_default_groupno);
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBConfigDlg::slotListBoxExecuted(QListBoxItem *){
if (iconTypeShowsFlag(KBConfig::IconStyle(cbxIconType->currentItem())))
slotPickIcon();
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBConfigDlg::saveConfig(){
QString path;
const QPixmap *pix;
KConfig *conf = kapp->config();
conf->setGroup(ICONS_SECTION);
for (int i = 0; i < m_kbconf->groupCount(); i++) {
path = m_iconpaths[i];
if (!path.isEmpty()) m_kbconf->getGroup(i)->setIconPath(path);
//if (!path.isEmpty() && path != m_kbconf->getGroup(i)->getIconPath())
// conf->writeEntry(KBConfig::entryForGroup(i), path);
pix = lbGroups->pixmap(i);
if (pix) m_kbconf->getGroup(i)->setPixmap(*pix);
}
m_kbconf->set_toggle_mode(chkToggleMode->isChecked());
m_kbconf->set_group_scope(KBConfig::GroupScope(cbxGroupScope->currentItem()));
m_kbconf->set_default_groupno(m_default_groupno);
//m_kbconf->set_perwindow_group(chkPerwindowGroup->isChecked());
m_kbconf->set_icon_style(KBConfig::IconStyle(cbxIconType->currentItem()));
m_kbconf->set_autostart(chkAutostart->isChecked());
m_kbconf->set_use_shortcuts(chkUseShortcuts->isChecked());
keyChooser->commitChanges();
m_kbconf->checkKeysEnabled();
m_kbconf->save(conf);
//m_kbconf->notifyChanged();
conf->sync();
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBConfigDlg::slotOk(){
saveConfig();
KDialogBase::slotOk();
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBConfigDlg::slotApply(){
saveConfig();
KDialogBase::slotApply();
}
void KBConfigDlg::slotIconTypeSelected(int index)
{
KBConfig::IconStyle icon_style = KBConfig::IconStyle(index);
redrawIcons(icon_style);
slotLayoutSelected();
}
void KBConfigDlg::redrawIcons(KBConfig::IconStyle icon_style)
{
QValueVector<QPixmap> pixlist;
m_kbconf->drawIcons(icon_style, &pixlist, &m_iconpaths);
int curIndex = lbGroups->currentItem();
// NB: don't use count(), use size(); count() is not present in Qt 3.0, and
// we want to maintain compatibility with it
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < pixlist.size(); i++) {
BoldListBoxItem *curItem = dynamic_cast<BoldListBoxItem*>(lbGroups->item(i));
lbGroups->changeItem(new BoldListBoxItem(NULL, pixlist[i],
curItem->text(), curItem->bold()), i);
}
lbGroups->setCurrentItem(curIndex);
}
void KBConfigDlg::slotCancel()
{
KConfig *config = kapp->config();
config->rollback();
config->reparseConfiguration();
KDialogBase::slotCancel();
}
void KBConfigDlg::slotUseShortcutsToggled(bool on)
{
keyChooser->setEnabled(on);
}
/*!
\fn KBConfigDlg::slotSetDefaultIcon()
*/
void KBConfigDlg::slotSetDefaultIcon()
{
int index = lbGroups->currentItem();
kapp->config()->setGroup(ICONS_SECTION);
kapp->config()->deleteEntry(m_kbconf->getGroup(index)->getName()/*KBConfig::entryForGroup(index)*/);
redrawIcons(KBConfig::IconStyle(cbxIconType->currentItem()));
}
/*!
\fn KBConfigDlg::checkIconDefault()
*/
void KBConfigDlg::checkIconDefault(int index)
{
KConfig *conf = kapp->config();
if (index == -1 || ! iconTypeShowsFlag(KBConfig::IconStyle(cbxIconType->currentItem()))) {
btnSetDefaultIcon->setEnabled(false);
}
else {
conf->setGroup(ICONS_SECTION);
btnSetDefaultIcon->setEnabled(!conf->readEntry(m_kbconf->getGroup(index)->getName()/*KBConfig::entryForGroup(index)*/).isNull());
}
}

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbconfigdlg.h - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 8 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef KBCONFIGDLG_H
#define KBCONFIGDLG_H
#include <kdialogbase.h>
#include "kbconfig.h"
class QWidget;
class QCheckBox;
class QPushButton;
class QComboBox;
class QStringList;
class KKeyChooser;
/**Configuration dialog for KKBSwitch
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class KBConfigDlg : public KDialogBase {
Q_OBJECT
public:
KBConfigDlg(KBConfig *kbconf, QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KBConfigDlg();
private: // Private attributes
/** */
KListBox *lbGroups;
/** */
QCheckBox *chkToggleMode;
//QCheckBox *chkPerwindowGroup;
QCheckBox *chkAutostart;
QPushButton *btnChangeIcon;
QPushButton *btnSetDefaultIcon;
QPushButton *btnSetDefaultGroup;
QComboBox *cbxIconType;
QComboBox *cbxGroupScope;
KKeyChooser *keyChooser;
QCheckBox *chkUseShortcuts;
QStringList m_iconpaths;
int m_default_groupno;
KBConfig *m_kbconf;
/** Display the current KBSwitch configuration in the dialog */
void showConfig();
void saveConfig();
void redrawIcons(KBConfig::IconStyle icon_style);
void setupGeneralPage();
void setupShortcutsPage();
void checkIconDefault(int index);
private slots: // Private slots
/** Fire up "Pick Icon" dialog */
void slotPickIcon();
void slotSetDefaultGroup();
/** No descriptions */
void slotLayoutSelected();
/** No descriptions */
void slotListBoxExecuted(QListBoxItem *item);
void slotIconTypeSelected(int index);
void slotUseShortcutsToggled(bool on);
void slotSetDefaultIcon();
protected: // Protected methods
/** No descriptions */
virtual void slotApply();
/** No descriptions */
virtual void slotOk();
virtual void slotCancel();
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbgroup.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Wed Jul 4 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "kbgroup.h"
#include <kdebug.h>
KBGroup::KBGroup(const QString& name){
m_name = name;
}
KBGroup::~KBGroup(){
}

@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbgroup.h - description
-------------------
begin : Wed Jul 4 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef KBGROUP_H
#define KBGROUP_H
#include <qpixmap.h>
#include <qstring.h>
/**A helper class the holds keyboard group's name and pixmap
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class KBGroup {
public:
KBGroup(const QString& name);
~KBGroup();
/** */
const QPixmap& getPixmap() { return m_pixmap; }
/** No descriptions */
const QString& getName() { return m_name; }
/** No descriptions */
void setPixmap(const QPixmap& pixmap) { m_pixmap = pixmap; }
const QString& getIconPath() { return m_iconpath; }
void setIconPath(const QString &iconpath) { m_iconpath = iconpath; }
private: // Private attributes
/** */
QString m_name;
/** */
QPixmap m_pixmap;
QString m_iconpath;
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbpickicondlg.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Sat Jul 21 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "kbpickicondlg.h"
#include <qvbox.h>
#include <qdir.h>
#include <qwhatsthis.h>
#include <qpushbutton.h>
#include <qimage.h>
#include <kdeversion.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#if KDE_VERSION_MAJOR >= 3
#include <kstandarddirs.h>
#else
#include <kstddirs.h>
#endif
#include <kglobal.h>
#include <kfiledialog.h>
#include <kmessagebox.h>
#include "kbconfig.h"
#include "pathlistboxitem.h"
KBPickIconDlg::KBPickIconDlg(const QString &currentPath, const QPixmap &currentPixmap,
QWidget *parent, const char *name )
: KDialogBase(parent, name, true /*modal*/, i18n("Pick an icon") /*caption*/, Ok | Cancel) {
QVBox *page = makeVBoxMainWidget();
lbIcons = new KListBox(page);
QObject::connect(lbIcons, SIGNAL(doubleClicked(QListBoxItem*)),
this, SLOT(slotOk()));
QObject::connect(lbIcons, SIGNAL(returnPressed(QListBoxItem*)),
this, SLOT(slotOk()));
QWhatsThis::add(lbIcons, i18n("Select one of the icons"));
QPushButton *btnBrowse = new QPushButton(i18n("&Browse..."), page);
QObject::connect(btnBrowse, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotBrowseForIcon()));
QWhatsThis::add(btnBrowse, i18n("Browse for an image file to use as an icon"));
loadCountryFlags();
// I am told in Red Hat 9 standard KDE flag pixmaps are missing.
// Workaround: we have to simulate them by rescaling GKB's pixmaps
if (lbIcons->count() == 0) {
loadGkbCountryFlags();
}
lbIcons->sort();
showCurrentPath(currentPath, currentPixmap);
lbIcons->setFocus();
}
KBPickIconDlg::~KBPickIconDlg(){
}
/** Get the path name of the selected icon. Returns empty string if no icon selected */
QString KBPickIconDlg::getIconPath(){
QListBoxItem *item = lbIcons->selectedItem();
if (item)
return dynamic_cast<PathListBoxItem*>(item)->path;
else return QString::null; // should not happen
}
/** No descriptions */
const QPixmap* KBPickIconDlg::getIcon(){
if (lbIcons->currentItem() != -1)
return lbIcons->pixmap(lbIcons->currentItem());
else return NULL;
}
/** Browse for an arbitrary icon file */
void KBPickIconDlg::slotBrowseForIcon()
{
QString iconPath = KFileDialog::getOpenFileName(QString::null,
i18n("*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n*.*|All files (*.*)"));
if (iconPath.isEmpty()) return;
QImage img;
if (img.load(iconPath)) {
double aspectRatio = img.width() / img.height();
QString message = QString::null;
bool too_big, too_wide, too_narrow;
too_narrow = aspectRatio < FLAG_ICON_WIDTH / FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT - 0.1;
too_wide = aspectRatio > FLAG_ICON_WIDTH / FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT + 0.1;
too_big = img.width() > FLAG_ICON_WIDTH * 2;
if (too_big || too_narrow || too_wide) {
message = i18n("The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n")
.arg(img.width()).arg(img.height()).arg(FLAG_ICON_WIDTH).arg(FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT);
if (too_big) {
QString msg_tail = "";
if (too_wide) msg_tail = i18n(" and also too wide");
else if (too_narrow) msg_tail += i18n(" and also too narrow");
message += i18n("This image is too big%1.").arg(msg_tail);
}
else if (too_wide) message += i18n("This image is too wide.");
else if (too_narrow) message += i18n("This image is too narrow.");
message += "\n";
message += i18n("KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?");
if (KMessageBox::questionYesNo(this, message) != KMessageBox::Yes) return;
}
if (img.width() > FLAG_ICON_WIDTH + 3 || img.height() > FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT + 3)
img = img.smoothScale(FLAG_ICON_WIDTH, FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT);
QPixmap pix;
pix.convertFromImage(img);
PathListBoxItem *item = new PathListBoxItem(lbIcons, pix, QFileInfo(iconPath).fileName(),
iconPath);
lbIcons->setSelected(item, true);
lbIcons->centerCurrentItem();
}
else KMessageBox::error(this, i18n("Cannot read icon from file %1. "
"Either it is not an image file or it is corrupt.").arg(iconPath));
}
void KBPickIconDlg::loadCountryFlags()
{
QPixmap pix;
QDir dir;
QStringList locales;
QString path;
QStringList dirs = KGlobal::dirs()->findDirs("locale", "l10n");
for (QStringList::Iterator dirIter = dirs.begin(); dirIter != dirs.end(); dirIter++) {
dir.setPath(*dirIter);
locales = dir.entryList(QDir::Dirs, QDir::Name);
for (QStringList::Iterator iter = locales.begin(); iter != locales.end(); iter++) {
path = dir.path() + "/" + *iter + "/flag.png";
if (*iter != "." && *iter != ".." && pix.load(path)) {
KConfig config(dir.path() + "/" + *iter + "/entry.desktop", true, false,
"locale" /*doesn't really matter*/);
config.setGroup("KCM Locale");
new PathListBoxItem(lbIcons, pix, config.readEntry("Name"), path);
}
}
}
}
void KBPickIconDlg::loadGkbCountryFlags()
{
QDir dir;
QString path, code, name;
QPixmap pix;
QImage img;
dir.setPath("/usr/share/pixmaps/gkb");
const QFileInfoList *icons = dir.entryInfoList(QDir::Files, QDir::Name);
if (icons) {
QFileInfoListIterator iter(*icons);
QFileInfo *info;
for (; (info = iter.current()); ++iter) {
path = info->filePath();
code = info->baseName();
if (img.load(path)) {
KConfig config("l10n/" + code + "/entry.desktop", true, false, "locale");
config.setGroup("KCM Locale");
name = config.readEntry("Name");
if (!name.isNull()) {
pix.convertFromImage(img.smoothScale(FLAG_ICON_WIDTH, FLAG_ICON_HEIGHT));
new PathListBoxItem(lbIcons, pix, name, path);
}
}
}
}
}
void KBPickIconDlg::showCurrentPath(const QString &currentPath,
const QPixmap &currentPixmap)
{
PathListBoxItem *item = NULL;
bool itemFound = false;
for (unsigned i = 0; i < lbIcons->count(); i++) {
item = dynamic_cast<PathListBoxItem*>(lbIcons->item(i));
if (item->path == currentPath) {
itemFound = true;
break;
}
}
// why this strange manipulation of HScrollBarMode?
// Strangely, without it, if the selected item is the last in the listbox, it ends up
// being obscured by the horizontal scrollbar
lbIcons->setHScrollBarMode(QScrollView::AlwaysOn);
if (!itemFound) item = new PathListBoxItem(lbIcons, currentPixmap,
QFileInfo(currentPath).fileName(), currentPath);
lbIcons->updateScrollBars();
lbIcons->setSelected(item, true);
lbIcons->ensureCurrentVisible();
lbIcons->setHScrollBarMode(QScrollView::Auto);
}

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbpickicondlg.h - description
-------------------
begin : Sat Jul 21 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef KBPICKICONDLG_H
#define KBPICKICONDLG_H
#include <kdialogbase.h>
class QWidget;
class QStringList;
class QPixmap;
class KListBox;
/**A dialog to pick an icon for a keyboard layout
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class KBPickIconDlg : public KDialogBase {
Q_OBJECT
public:
KBPickIconDlg(const QString &currentPath, const QPixmap &currentPixmap,
QWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0);
~KBPickIconDlg();
/** Get the path name of the selected icon. Returns empty string if no icon selected */
QString getIconPath();
/** No descriptions */
const QPixmap* getIcon();
private: // Private attributes
/** */
//QStringList m_pathnames;
//QString m_iconpath;
//KIconView *m_iconview;
KListBox *lbIcons;
//QLabel *lblIcon;
//QRadioButton *rbFlags;
//QRadioButton *rbBrowse;
void loadCountryFlags();
void loadGkbCountryFlags();
void showCurrentPath(const QString &currentPath, const QPixmap &currentPixmap);
private slots: // Private slots
/** Browse for an arbitrary icon file */
void slotBrowseForIcon();
/** Respond to user selecting a flag in the icon view */
//void slotFlagSelected(QIconViewItem *item);
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbswitchapp.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 1 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "config.h"
#include "kbswitchapp.h"
#include "kbconfigdlg.h"
#include "singlewindowwatcher.h"
#include "windowclasswatcher.h"
#include <kdebug.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kwinmodule.h>
KBSwitchApp::KBSwitchApp()
{
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
//m_kwin_module = NULL;
m_watcher = NULL;
#endif
if (!m_xkb.xkbAvailable()) return; // oops! No XKB in the server
m_kbconf.load(config());
m_cur_groupno = m_next_groupno = -1;
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
XklSetGroupPerApp(m_kbconf.group_scope() != KBConfig::SCOPE_GLOBAL);
if (m_kbconf.toggle_mode())
XklSetSecondaryGroupsMask(12); /* binary 1100 */
#else
//resetWindowMap();
//enableKWinModule();
enableWatcher();
#endif
m_intf = new KBSwitchIntf(this, &m_kbconf);
QObject::connect(m_intf, SIGNAL(nextGroupSelected()), this, SLOT(slotSelectNextGroup()));
QObject::connect(m_intf, SIGNAL(groupSelected(int)), this, SLOT(slotGroupSelected(int)));
QObject::connect(&m_xkb, SIGNAL(layoutChanged()), this, SLOT(reconfigure()));
QObject::connect(&m_xkb, SIGNAL(groupChanged(int)), this, SLOT(slotXkbGroupChanged(int)));
m_force_group_setting = false;
int start_group = m_kbconf.default_groupno();
m_trayicon = new KBSwitchTrayIcon(&m_kbconf);
QObject::connect(m_trayicon, SIGNAL(groupSelected(int)), this,
SLOT(slotGroupSelected(int)));
QObject::connect(m_trayicon, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(slotSelectNextGroup()));
QObject::connect(m_trayicon, SIGNAL(preferencesSelected()), this,
SLOT(slotPreferences()));
if (start_group != m_xkb.getGroupNo()) {
setStartGroup(start_group);
}
else {
adaptToGroup(start_group);
}
setMainWidget(m_trayicon);
m_trayicon->show();
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
XklStartListen();
#endif
}
KBSwitchApp::~KBSwitchApp(){
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
//disableKWinModule();
disableWatcher();
#endif
}
/** No descriptions */
bool KBSwitchApp::x11EventFilter(XEvent *e){
// let m_xkb process the event and emit signals if necessary
m_xkb.processEvent(e);
return KApplication::x11EventFilter(e);
}
/** Update the tray icon to show the flag corresponding to the current keyboard group */
void KBSwitchApp::updateIcon(int groupno){
if (groupno >= 0 && groupno < m_kbconf.groupCount()) { // check just in case
m_trayicon->updateTrayIcon(groupno);
if (m_kbconf.toggle_mode()) m_trayicon->setToggleGroups(m_cur_groupno, m_next_groupno);
}
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchApp::slotGroupSelected(int groupno)
{
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
XklAllowOneSwitchToSecondaryGroup();
m_xkb.setGroupNo(groupno);
#else
if (m_cur_groupno != groupno) {
setGroups(groupno, m_cur_groupno);
}
#endif
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchApp::internalToggleGroups()
{
int tmp = m_next_groupno;
m_next_groupno = m_cur_groupno;
m_cur_groupno = tmp;
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchApp::forceSetGroup(int groupno)
{
m_force_group_setting = true;
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
//if (m_active_window != m_window_map.end())
// m_active_window.data().groupno = groupno;
#endif
m_xkb.setGroupNo(groupno);
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchApp::slotSelectNextGroup()
{
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
m_xkb.setGroupNo(XklGetNextGroup());
#else
//forceSetGroup(m_next_groupno);
m_xkb.setGroupNo(m_next_groupno);
#endif
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchApp::slotPreferences(){
KBConfigDlg dlg(&m_kbconf);
QObject::connect(&dlg, SIGNAL(okClicked()), m_trayicon, SLOT(slotUpdateIcons()));
QObject::connect(&dlg, SIGNAL(applyClicked()), m_trayicon, SLOT(slotUpdateIcons()));
QObject::connect(&dlg, SIGNAL(okClicked()), this, SLOT(slotPrefChanged()));
QObject::connect(&dlg, SIGNAL(applyClicked()), this, SLOT(slotPrefChanged()));
dlg.exec();
}
/** Called when XKeyboard configuration changes */
void KBSwitchApp::reconfigure(){
m_kbconf.load(config());
m_trayicon->reconfigure();
// make sure default group is still valid
if (m_kbconf.default_groupno() >= m_xkb.getNumKbdGroups())
m_kbconf.set_default_groupno(0);
int groupno = m_xkb.getGroupNo();
if (groupno >= m_xkb.getNumKbdGroups()) {
// current group no longer valid, reset to default group
setStartGroup(m_kbconf.default_groupno());
}
else if (!m_force_group_setting) {
adaptToGroup(groupno);
}
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
//resetWindowMap();
if (m_watcher) m_watcher->reset();
#endif
}
/** Respond to XKB changing the current group */
void KBSwitchApp::slotXkbGroupChanged(int groupno){
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
updateIcon(groupno);
/* XWindowAttributes attrs;
XGetWindowAttributes(qt_xdisplay(), qt_xrootwin(), &attrs);
kdDebug() << "root event mask is " << attrs.your_event_mask << endl;
kdDebug() << "SubstructureNotifyMask is " <<
((attrs.your_event_mask & SubstructureNotifyMask) ? "ON" : "OFF") << endl;*/
#else
bool accept = false;
if (m_force_group_setting) { // the change of group is forced by us
if (groupno == m_cur_groupno) { // the group is what we wanted, fine
m_force_group_setting = false;
accept = true;
}
else { // oops, not the group we expected
forceSetGroup(m_cur_groupno);
}
}
else { // the change is caused by something external, we didn't request it
if (m_kbconf.toggle_mode() && groupno != m_next_groupno) { // toggle mode, and the group is not correct
m_xkb.setGroupNo(m_next_groupno);
}
else { // adjust to this group
if (m_kbconf.toggle_mode()) internalToggleGroups();
else {
m_cur_groupno = groupno;
m_next_groupno = m_kbconf.getNextGroup(groupno);
}
accept = true;
}
}
if (accept) {
updateIcon(groupno);
if (m_watcher) m_watcher->changeGroup(groupno, m_next_groupno);
}
/*if (m_kbconf.toggle_mode() && !force_group_setting && groupno != m_next_groupno) {
forceSetGroup(m_next_groupno);
}
else {
updateIcon(groupno);
force_group_setting = false;
if (m_kbconf.toggle_mode()) internalToggleGroups();
else {
kdDebug() << "slotXkbGroupChanged, change group to " << groupno << endl;
m_cur_groupno = groupno;
m_next_groupno = m_kbconf.getNextGroup(groupno);
}
if (m_watcher) m_watcher->changeGroup(groupno, m_next_groupno);
}*/
#endif
}
/** Set the keyboard to the given group and set internal variable accordingly */
void KBSwitchApp::setStartGroup(int start_group){
/*m_next_groupno = start_group;
if (m_kbconf.toggle_mode()) {
m_cur_groupno = getNextGroup(start_group);
}
else {
m_cur_groupno = start_group;
}
forceSetGroup(m_next_groupno);*/
setGroups(start_group, m_kbconf.getNextGroup(start_group));
}
/** adapt internal state to the given group */
void KBSwitchApp::adaptToGroup(int groupno) {
if (! m_kbconf.toggle_mode() || // if not in toggle mode
(m_cur_groupno != groupno // or in toggle mode and internal variables are invalid
|| m_next_groupno >= m_kbconf.groupCount()
|| m_next_groupno == m_cur_groupno)) {
m_cur_groupno = groupno;
m_next_groupno = m_kbconf.getNextGroup(groupno);
}
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
if (m_watcher) m_watcher->changeGroup(groupno, m_next_groupno);
/*if (m_active_window != m_window_map.end()) {
m_active_window.data().groupno = groupno;
m_active_window.data().next_groupno = m_next_groupno;
}*/
#endif
updateIcon(groupno);
}
/*void KBSwitchApp::slotWindowChanged(WId activeWindow)
{
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
m_active_window = m_window_map.find(activeWindow);
if (m_active_window == m_window_map.end())
addWindowToMap(activeWindow);
if (m_active_window.data().groupno != m_cur_groupno) {
setGroups(m_active_window.data().groupno, m_active_window.data().next_groupno);
}
else m_next_groupno = m_active_window.data().next_groupno;
#endif
}*/
void KBSwitchApp::slotWindowChanged(int groupno, int next_groupno)
{
if (groupno != m_cur_groupno) {
setGroups(groupno, next_groupno);
}
else m_next_groupno = next_groupno;
}
/*void KBSwitchApp::slotWindowRemoved(WId window)
{
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
m_window_map.remove(window);
#endif
}
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
void KBSwitchApp::resetWindowMap()
{
WId active_window_id;
m_window_map.clear();
if (m_kwin_module && (active_window_id = m_kwin_module->activeWindow()))
addWindowToMap(active_window_id);
else
m_active_window = m_window_map.end();
}*/
/** Enable window manager notifications */
/*void KBSwitchApp::enableKWinModule()
{
if (m_kwin_module == NULL) {
m_kwin_module = new KWinModule();
connect(m_kwin_module, SIGNAL(activeWindowChanged(WId)), SLOT(slotWindowChanged(WId)));
connect(m_kwin_module, SIGNAL(windowRemoved(WId)), SLOT(slotWindowRemoved(WId)));
resetWindowMap();
if (m_cur_groupno != -1 && m_cur_groupno != m_kbconf.default_groupno())
setStartGroup(m_kbconf.default_groupno());
}
}*/
/** Disable window manager notifications */
/*void KBSwitchApp::disableKWinModule()
{
if (m_kwin_module) {
m_kwin_module->disconnect();
delete m_kwin_module;
m_kwin_module = NULL;
resetWindowMap();
}
}*/
/** adds a new window to the internal window map */
/*void KBSwitchApp::addWindowToMap(WId window_id)
{
KBWinInfo wininfo = { m_kbconf.default_groupno(),
m_kbconf.getNextGroup(m_kbconf.default_groupno()) };
m_active_window = m_window_map.insert(window_id, wininfo);
}
#endif*/
void KBSwitchApp::enableWatcher()
{
if (!m_watcher) {
m_watcher_type = m_kbconf.group_scope();
if (m_watcher_type == KBConfig::SCOPE_WINDOW)
m_watcher = new SingleWindowWatcher(&m_kbconf, this);
else if (m_watcher_type == KBConfig::SCOPE_CLASS)
m_watcher = new WindowClassWatcher(&m_kbconf, this);
else return; // if scope is global, don't create watcher
connect(m_watcher, SIGNAL(windowChanged(int, int )),
SLOT(slotWindowChanged(int, int)));
}
}
void KBSwitchApp::disableWatcher()
{
if (m_watcher) {
m_watcher->disconnect();
delete m_watcher;
m_watcher = NULL;
}
}
/** React to a change in KKBSwitch's user preferences,
* made by user in Configure dialog */
void KBSwitchApp::slotPrefChanged()
{
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
if (m_kbconf.group_scope() != m_watcher_type) {
disableWatcher();
enableWatcher();
}
#endif
}
/** Set the current and next groups */
void KBSwitchApp::setGroups(int group, int next_group)
{
m_cur_groupno = group;
m_next_groupno = next_group;
forceSetGroup(group);
}

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbswitchapp.h - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 1 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef KBSWITCHAPP_H
#define KBSWITCHAPP_H
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include <kdeversion.h>
#if KDE_VERSION_MAJOR >= 3
#include <kuniqueapplication.h>
#else
#include <kuniqueapp.h>
#endif
//#include <qmap.h>
#include "kbgroup.h"
#include "kbswitchtrayicon.h"
#include "kbconfig.h"
#include "xkeyboard.h"
#include "kbswitchintf.h"
#include "windowwatcher.h"
/*class KWinModule;
typedef struct _KBWinInfo {
int groupno;
int next_groupno;
} KBWinInfo;
typedef QMap<WId, KBWinInfo> KBWindowMap;*/
/**
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class KBSwitchApp : public KUniqueApplication {
Q_OBJECT
public:
KBSwitchApp();
~KBSwitchApp();
protected: // Protected methods
/** No descriptions */
bool x11EventFilter(XEvent *e);
private: // Private attributes
/** */
bool m_force_group_setting;
int m_cur_groupno;
int m_next_groupno;
XKeyboard m_xkb;
/** */
KBSwitchTrayIcon * m_trayicon;
/** No descriptions */
KBConfig m_kbconf;
KBSwitchIntf *m_intf;
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
/** Window manager interface */
//KWinModule *m_kwin_module;
/** Maps Window IDs to their keyboard groups */
//KBWindowMap m_window_map;
//KBWindowMap::iterator m_active_window;
WindowWatcher *m_watcher;
KBConfig::GroupScope m_watcher_type;
#endif
private: // Private methods
/** Update the tray icon to show the flag corresponding to the current keyboard group */
void updateIcon(int groupno);
/** No descriptions */
void internalToggleGroups();
/** No descriptions */
void forceSetGroup(int groupno);
/** No descriptions */
/*int getNextGroup(int groupno) {
return groupno >= m_kbconf.groupCount() - 1 ? 0 : groupno + 1;
}*/
/** No descriptions */
void setStartGroup(int start_group);
void adaptToGroup(int groupno);
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
/** initialize Window groups map */
//void resetWindowMap();
/** Disable window manager notifications */
//void disableKWinModule();
/** Enable window manager notifications */
//void enableKWinModule();
/** adds a new window to the internal window map */
//void addWindowToMap(WId window_id);
void enableWatcher();
void disableWatcher();
#endif
/** Set the current and next groups */
void setGroups(int group, int next_group);
private slots: // Private slots
/** No descriptions */
void slotGroupSelected(int groupno);
/** No descriptions */
void slotSelectNextGroup();
/** No descriptions */
void slotPreferences();
/** No descriptions */
void reconfigure();
/** Respond to XKB changing the current group */
void slotXkbGroupChanged(int groupno);
/** Respond to changing of active window - active it's kb group */
//void slotWindowChanged(WId activeWindow);
/** Respond to removal of a window - remote it from Window groups map */
//void slotWindowRemoved(WId window);
void slotWindowChanged(int groupno, int next_groupno);
/** React to a change in KKBSwitch's user preferences,
* made by user in Configure dialog */
void slotPrefChanged();
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbswitchintf.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Aug 12 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "kbswitchintf.h"
//#include <kapp.h>
KBSwitchIntf::KBSwitchIntf(QObject *parent, KBConfig *conf)
: QObject(parent, "KBSwitchIntf"), DCOPObject("KBSwitchIntf")
{
m_kbconf = conf;
}
KBSwitchIntf::~KBSwitchIntf(){
}
int KBSwitchIntf::getNumKbdGroups()
{
return m_kbconf->groupCount();
}
ASYNC KBSwitchIntf::selectNextGroup()
{
emit nextGroupSelected();
}
ASYNC KBSwitchIntf::selectGroup(int groupno)
{
emit groupSelected(groupno);
}
QStringList KBSwitchIntf::getGroupNames()
{
QStringList result;
for (int i = 0; i < m_kbconf->groupCount(); i++)
result.append(m_kbconf->getGroup(i)->getName());
return result;
}

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbswitchintf.h - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Aug 12 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef KBSWITCHINTF_H
#define KBSWITCHINTF_H
#include <dcopobject.h>
#include <qobject.h>
#include <qstringlist.h>
#include "kbconfig.h"
/**This class implements DCOP bindings for KBSwitch
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
/* Interesting to note: moc failed on this file when the k_dcop section immediately
followed the signals section (the error message was "syntax error"). After I
separated the signals and k_dcop sections with the public section everything worked.
Apparently, the k_dcop "keyword" confuses moc, which is only natural given that
moc doesn't know about dcopidl! */
class KBSwitchIntf : public QObject, public DCOPObject {
K_DCOP
Q_OBJECT
signals:
void nextGroupSelected();
void groupSelected(int groupno);
public:
KBSwitchIntf(QObject *parent, KBConfig *conf);
~KBSwitchIntf();
private:
KBConfig *m_kbconf;
k_dcop:
int getNumKbdGroups();
ASYNC selectNextGroup();
ASYNC selectGroup(int groupno);
QStringList getGroupNames();
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
/****************************************************************************
**
** DCOP Skeleton created by dcopidl2cpp from kbswitchintf.kidl
**
** WARNING! All changes made in this file will be lost!
**
*****************************************************************************/
#include "./kbswitchintf.h"
#include <kdatastream.h>
static const char* const KBSwitchIntf_ftable[5][3] = {
{ "int", "getNumKbdGroups()", "getNumKbdGroups()" },
{ "ASYNC", "selectNextGroup()", "selectNextGroup()" },
{ "ASYNC", "selectGroup(int)", "selectGroup(int groupno)" },
{ "QStringList", "getGroupNames()", "getGroupNames()" },
{ 0, 0, 0 }
};
static const int KBSwitchIntf_ftable_hiddens[4] = {
0,
0,
0,
0,
};
bool KBSwitchIntf::process(const QCString &fun, const QByteArray &data, QCString& replyType, QByteArray &replyData)
{
if ( fun == KBSwitchIntf_ftable[0][1] ) { // int getNumKbdGroups()
replyType = KBSwitchIntf_ftable[0][0];
QDataStream _replyStream( replyData, IO_WriteOnly );
_replyStream << getNumKbdGroups( );
} else if ( fun == KBSwitchIntf_ftable[1][1] ) { // void selectNextGroup()
replyType = KBSwitchIntf_ftable[1][0];
selectNextGroup( );
} else if ( fun == KBSwitchIntf_ftable[2][1] ) { // void selectGroup(int)
int arg0;
QDataStream arg( data, IO_ReadOnly );
arg >> arg0;
replyType = KBSwitchIntf_ftable[2][0];
selectGroup(arg0 );
} else if ( fun == KBSwitchIntf_ftable[3][1] ) { // QStringList getGroupNames()
replyType = KBSwitchIntf_ftable[3][0];
QDataStream _replyStream( replyData, IO_WriteOnly );
_replyStream << getGroupNames( );
} else {
return DCOPObject::process( fun, data, replyType, replyData );
}
return true;
}
QCStringList KBSwitchIntf::interfaces()
{
QCStringList ifaces = DCOPObject::interfaces();
ifaces += "KBSwitchIntf";
return ifaces;
}
QCStringList KBSwitchIntf::functions()
{
QCStringList funcs = DCOPObject::functions();
for ( int i = 0; KBSwitchIntf_ftable[i][2]; i++ ) {
if (KBSwitchIntf_ftable_hiddens[i])
continue;
QCString func = KBSwitchIntf_ftable[i][0];
func += ' ';
func += KBSwitchIntf_ftable[i][2];
funcs << func;
}
return funcs;
}

@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbswitchtrayicon.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Wed Jul 4 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include <kdeversion.h>
#undef USE_BOLD_MENUITEM
#include "kbswitchtrayicon.h"
#include "xkeyboard.h"
#ifdef USE_BOLD_MENUITEM
#include "boldmenuitem.h"
#endif
#include <kpopupmenu.h>
#if KDE_VERSION_MAJOR >= 3
#include <kstandarddirs.h>
#else
#include <kstddirs.h>
#endif
#include <klocale.h>
#include <kstdaction.h>
#include <kaction.h>
#include <kaboutapplication.h>
#if KDE_VERSION_MAJOR >= 3
#include <kapplication.h>
#else
#include <kapp.h>
#endif
#include <kiconloader.h>
#include <kdebug.h>
#include <kdeversion.h>
#include <qtooltip.h>
#include <qstyle.h>
#include <qpainter.h>
#ifdef USE_BOLD_MENUITEM
static QColor getActiveTextColor(KPopupMenu *menu)
{
int id = menu->insertItem("test text");
QMenuItem *item = menu->findItem(id);
QStyleOption styleopt = QStyleOption(item);
QPainter painter(menu);
QColorGroup &cg = menu->colorGroup();
KApplication::style().drawControl(QStyle::CE_PopupMenuItem, &painter, menu,
menu->contentsRect(), cg, QStyle::Style_Enabled | QStyle::Style_Active,
styleopt);
menu->removeItem(id);
return painter.pen().color();
}
#endif
KBSwitchTrayIcon::KBSwitchTrayIcon(KBConfig *conf){
QPixmap pix;
#if KDE_VERSION_MAJOR >= 3
KActionCollection *actions = new KActionCollection(this);
#define ACTION_PARENT actions
#else
#define ACTION_PARENT this
#endif
m_kbconf = conf;
//QObject::connect(conf, SIGNAL(changed()), this, SLOT(updateMenuIcons()));
KPopupMenu * menu = contextMenu();
addLayoutItems(menu, false);
QObject::connect(menu, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(slotMenuActivated(int)));
menu->insertSeparator();
KAction *pref = KStdAction::preferences(this, SIGNAL(preferencesSelected()), ACTION_PARENT);
pref->plug(menu);
KAction *help = KStdAction::help(this, SLOT(slotHelp()), ACTION_PARENT);
help->plug(menu);
KAction *about = KStdAction::aboutApp(this, SLOT(slotAbout()), ACTION_PARENT);
about->plug(menu);
/*QString path = locate("icon", "hicolor/16x16/apps/locale.png");
if (!path.isEmpty()) pix.load(path);*/
pix = kapp->iconLoader()->loadIcon("locale", KIcon::Small);
menu->changeTitle(menu->idAt(0), pix, i18n("Keyboard Switch"));
setAlignment(Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignCenter);
}
KBSwitchTrayIcon::~KBSwitchTrayIcon(){
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::slotMenuActivated(int id){
if (id >= 0 && id < m_kbconf->groupCount()) emit groupSelected(id);
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::setActiveGroup(int groupno){
int i;
KPopupMenu *menu = contextMenu();
for (i = 0; i < m_kbconf->groupCount(); i++)
menu->setItemChecked(i, false);
menu->setItemChecked(groupno, true);
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::setToggleGroups(int group1, int group2){
int i;
bool toggling;
KPopupMenu *menu = contextMenu();
for (i = 0; i < m_kbconf->groupCount(); i++) {
toggling = (i == group1 || i == group2);
#ifdef USE_BOLD_MENUITEM
QMenuItem *item = menu->findItem(i);
BoldMenuItem *bolditem = dynamic_cast<BoldMenuItem*>(item->custom());
bolditem->setBold(toggling);
#else
if (toggling)
menu->changeItem(i, m_kbconf->getGroup(i)->getName() + "*");
else menu->changeItem(i, m_kbconf->getGroup(i)->getName());
#endif
}
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event){
if (event->button() == LeftButton) {
emit clicked();
}
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::slotAbout(){
KAboutApplication about;
about.exec();
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::updateMenuIcons(){
KPopupMenu *menu = contextMenu();
for (int i = 0; i < m_kbconf->groupCount(); i++) {
menu->changeItem(i, m_kbconf->getGroup(i)->getPixmap(), menu->text(i));
}
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::addLayoutItems(KPopupMenu *menu, bool clearOld) {
KBGroup *group;
int index;
#ifdef USE_BOLD_MENUITEM
QColor active_text_color = getActiveTextColor(menu);
#endif
if (clearOld)
for (int i = 0; i < XKeyboard::MaxNumKbdGroups; i++)
if ((index = menu->indexOf(i)) >= 0) menu->removeItemAt(index);
for (int i = 0; i < m_kbconf->groupCount(); i++) {
group = m_kbconf->getGroup(i);
#ifdef USE_BOLD_MENUITEM
/* the work on BoldMenuItems suspended: see comments in boldmenuitem.h */
menu->insertItem(group->getPixmap(),
new BoldMenuItem(group->getName(), active_text_color, false), i);
#else
menu->insertItem(group->getPixmap(), group->getName(), i, i + 1);
#endif
}
}
/** No descriptions */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::reconfigure(){
addLayoutItems(contextMenu(), true);
}
/** Update the tray icon display for the given group */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::updateTrayIcon(int groupno){
const QPixmap& pix = m_kbconf->getGroup(groupno)->getPixmap();
setPixmap(pix);
setActiveGroup(groupno);
QToolTip::remove(this);
QToolTip::add(this, m_kbconf->getGroup(groupno)->getName());
}
/** Update menu and tray icons after configuration has changed */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::slotUpdateIcons(){
updateTrayIcon(XKeyboard::self()->getGroupNo());
updateMenuIcons();
}
/** Display help */
void KBSwitchTrayIcon::slotHelp(){
kapp->invokeHelp();
}

@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
/***************************************************************************
kbswitchtrayicon.h - description
-------------------
begin : Wed Jul 4 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef KBSWITCHTRAYICON_H
#define KBSWITCHTRAYICON_H
#include <ksystemtray.h>
#include "kbgroup.h"
#include "kbconfig.h"
/**The tray icon showing the current keyboard group
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class KBSwitchTrayIcon : public KSystemTray {
Q_OBJECT
public:
KBSwitchTrayIcon(KBConfig *conf);
~KBSwitchTrayIcon();
/** No descriptions */
void setToggleGroups(int group1, int group2);
/** No descriptions */
void reconfigure();
/** Update the tray icon display for the given group */
void updateTrayIcon(int groupno);
signals:
void groupSelected(int groupno);
/** No descriptions */
void clicked();
/** No descriptions */
void preferencesSelected();
private slots: // Private slots
/** No descriptions */
void slotMenuActivated(int id);
/** Display help */
void slotHelp();
private: // Private attributes
/** */
KBConfig *m_kbconf;
protected: // Protected methods
/** No descriptions */
void mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event);
public slots: // Public slots
/** No descriptions */
void slotAbout();
/** Update menu and tray icons after configuration has changed */
void slotUpdateIcons();
private: // Private methods
/** No descriptions */
void addLayoutItems(KPopupMenu *menu, bool clearOld);
/** No descriptions */
void updateMenuIcons();
/** No descriptions */
void setActiveGroup(int groupno);
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Name=KKBSwitch
Exec=kkbswitch -caption "%c" %i %m
MimeTypes=
Terminal=false
Icon=keyboard_layout.png
MiniIcon=keyboard_layout.png
DocPath=kkbswitch/index.html
Comment=Keyboard Layout Indicator
Comment[ru]=Индикатор раскладки клавиатуры
Comment[uk]=Індикатор розкладки клавіатури
Terminal=0
X-KDE-autostart-after=panel
X-KDE-autostart-condition=kkbswitchrc:Options:autostart:true
X-KDE-autostart-phase=2
X-KDE-StartupNotify=false
Categories=Qt;KDE;Utility;TrayIcon;

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
/***************************************************************************
main.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 1 21:57:08 EEST 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include <kcmdlineargs.h>
#include <kaboutdata.h>
#include <klocale.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
//#include "kkbswitch.h"
#include "kbswitchapp.h"
static const char *description =
I18N_NOOP("Keyboard Switch");
// INSERT A DESCRIPTION FOR YOUR APPLICATION HERE
static KCmdLineOptions options[] =
{
{ 0, 0, 0 }
// INSERT YOUR COMMANDLINE OPTIONS HERE
};
//extern "C" int kdemain(int argc, char *argv[])
int main(int argc, char *argv[])
{
KAboutData aboutData( "kkbswitch", I18N_NOOP("Keyboard Switch"),
VERSION, description, KAboutData::License_GPL,
"(c) 2001-2005 Leonid Zeitlin", 0, 0, "lz@europe.com");
aboutData.addAuthor("Leonid Zeitlin", I18N_NOOP("Creator and maintainer"), "lz@europe.com");
aboutData.addCredit("Mikhail Senin", I18N_NOOP("Default group config and per-window groups"),
"m_senin@mail.ru");
aboutData.addCredit("Rashid N. Achilov", I18N_NOOP("FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"), "achilov@granch.ru");
aboutData.addCredit("Vadim Kriklivy (K&K Analitic)", I18N_NOOP("Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"),
"analitic@vinnitsa.com");
aboutData.addCredit("Sergey V Turchin", I18N_NOOP("Autostart patch"),"zerg@altlinux.org");
aboutData.addCredit("Stergios Dramis", I18N_NOOP("Greek translation"), "sdramis@egnatia.ee.auth.gr");
aboutData.addCredit("Michal Sulek", I18N_NOOP("Slovak translation"), "reloadshot@atlas.sk");
KCmdLineArgs::init( argc, argv, &aboutData );
KCmdLineArgs::addCmdLineOptions( options ); // Add our own options.
if (!KUniqueApplication::start()) // starting a second instance - just exit
exit(0);
KBSwitchApp a;
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
//XklStartListen();
#endif
if (XKeyboard::self()->xkbAvailable())
return a.exec();
else return -1;
}

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
/***************************************************************************
pathlistboxitem.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : ??? ??? 17 2004
copyright : (C) 2004 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "pathlistboxitem.h"
PathListBoxItem::PathListBoxItem(QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pix,
const QString &text, const QString &a_path) : QListBoxPixmap(listbox, pix, text),
path(a_path)
{
}
PathListBoxItem::~PathListBoxItem()
{
}

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/***************************************************************************
pathlistboxitem.h - description
-------------------
begin : ??? ??? 17 2004
copyright : (C) 2004 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef PATHLISTBOXITEM_H
#define PATHLISTBOXITEM_H
#include <qlistbox.h>
#include <qstring.h>
/**
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class PathListBoxItem : public QListBoxPixmap {
public:
QString path;
PathListBoxItem(QListBox *listbox, const QPixmap &pix, const QString &text,
const QString &a_path);
~PathListBoxItem();
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
// Russian + Ukrainian keyboard
// Based on:
// russian standard keyboard
// AEN <aen@logic.ru>
// Last Changes 2001/12/23 by Leon Kanter <leon@blackcatlinux.com>
// $XFree86: xc/programs/xkbcomp/symbols/ru,v 3.8 2001/01/17 23:45:59 dawes Exp $
// and:
// ukrainian standard keyboard
// AEN <aen@logic.ru> & Leon Kanter <leon@geon.donetsk.ua>
// Last Changes 2001/12/11 by Andriy Rysin <arysin@yahoo.com>
// This keyboard layout has Russian characters at group 2 and Ukrainian
// at group 3.
// By Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>
// Last Changes 2002/11/09
partial default alphanumeric_keys
xkb_symbols "basic" {
// Describes the differences between a very simple en_US
// keyboard and a very simple Russian keyboard
name[Group1]= "US/ASCII";
name[Group2]= "Russian";
name[Group3]= "Ukrainian";
key <AE01> { [ 1, exclam ],
[ 1, exclam ] ,
[ 1, exclam ] };
key <AE02> { [ 2, at ],
[ 2, quotedbl ] ,
[ 2, quotedbl ] };
key <AE03> { [ 3, numbersign ],
[ 3, numbersign ] ,
[ 3, numbersign ] };
key <AE04> { [ 4, dollar ],
[ 4, asterisk ] ,
[ 4, asterisk ] };
key <AE05> { [ 5, percent ],
[ 5, colon ] ,
[ 5, colon ] };
key <AE06> { [ 6, asciicircum ],
[ 6, comma ] ,
[ 6, comma ] };
key <AE07> { [ 7, ampersand ],
[ 7, period ] ,
[ 7, period ] };
key <AE08> { [ 8, asterisk ],
[ 8, semicolon ] ,
[ 8, semicolon ] };
key <AE09> { [ 9, parenleft ],
[ 9, parenleft ] ,
[ 9, parenleft ] };
key <AE10> { [ 0, parenright ],
[ 0, parenright ] ,
[ 0, parenright ] };
key <AE11> { [ minus, underscore ],
[ minus, underscore ] ,
[ minus, underscore ] };
key <AE12> { [ equal, plus ],
[ equal, plus ] ,
[ equal, plus ] };
key <BKSL> { [ backslash, bar ],
[ backslash, bar ] ,
[Ukrainian_ghe_with_upturn,Ukrainian_GHE_WITH_UPTURN]};
key <AB10> { [ slash, question ],
[ slash, question ] ,
[ slash, question ] };
key <LSGT> { [ less, greater ],
[ slash, bar ] ,
[ slash, bar ] };
key.type[group2]="ALPHABETIC";
key.type[group3]="ALPHABETIC";
key <TLDE> { [ grave, asciitilde ],
[ Cyrillic_io, Cyrillic_IO ] ,
[ apostrophe, asciitilde ] };
key <AD01> { [ q, Q ],
[ Cyrillic_shorti, Cyrillic_SHORTI ] ,
[ Cyrillic_shorti, Cyrillic_SHORTI ] };
key <AD02> { [ w, W ],
[ Cyrillic_tse, Cyrillic_TSE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_tse, Cyrillic_TSE ] };
key <AD03> { [ e, E ],
[ Cyrillic_u, Cyrillic_U ] ,
[ Cyrillic_u, Cyrillic_U ] };
key <AD04> { [ r, R ],
[ Cyrillic_ka, Cyrillic_KA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ka, Cyrillic_KA ] };
key <AD05> { [ t, T ],
[ Cyrillic_ie, Cyrillic_IE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ie, Cyrillic_IE ] };
key <AD06> { [ y, Y ],
[ Cyrillic_en, Cyrillic_EN ] ,
[ Cyrillic_en, Cyrillic_EN ] };
key <AD07> { [ u, U ],
[ Cyrillic_ghe, Cyrillic_GHE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ghe, Cyrillic_GHE ] };
key <AD08> { [ i, I ],
[ Cyrillic_sha, Cyrillic_SHA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_sha, Cyrillic_SHA ] };
key <AD09> { [ o, O ],
[ Cyrillic_shcha, Cyrillic_SHCHA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_shcha, Cyrillic_SHCHA ] };
key <AD10> { [ p, P ],
[ Cyrillic_ze, Cyrillic_ZE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ze, Cyrillic_ZE ] };
key <AD11> { [ bracketleft, braceleft ],
[ Cyrillic_ha, Cyrillic_HA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ha, Cyrillic_HA ] };
key <AD12> { [ bracketright, braceright ],
[Cyrillic_hardsign,Cyrillic_HARDSIGN ] ,
[ Ukrainian_yi, Ukrainian_YI ] };
key <AC01> { [ a, A ],
[ Cyrillic_ef, Cyrillic_EF ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ef, Cyrillic_EF ] };
key <AC02> { [ s, S ],
[ Cyrillic_yeru, Cyrillic_YERU ] ,
[ Ukrainian_i, Ukrainian_I ] };
key <AC03> { [ d, D ],
[ Cyrillic_ve, Cyrillic_VE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ve, Cyrillic_VE ] };
key <AC04> { [ f, F ],
[ Cyrillic_a, Cyrillic_A ] ,
[ Cyrillic_a, Cyrillic_A ] };
key <AC05> { [ g, G ],
[ Cyrillic_pe, Cyrillic_PE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_pe, Cyrillic_PE ] };
key <AC06> { [ h, H ],
[ Cyrillic_er, Cyrillic_ER ] ,
[ Cyrillic_er, Cyrillic_ER ] };
key <AC07> { [ j, J ],
[ Cyrillic_o, Cyrillic_O ] ,
[ Cyrillic_o, Cyrillic_O ] };
key <AC08> { [ k, K ],
[ Cyrillic_el, Cyrillic_EL ] ,
[ Cyrillic_el, Cyrillic_EL ] };
key <AC09> { [ l, L ],
[ Cyrillic_de, Cyrillic_DE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_de, Cyrillic_DE ] };
key <AC10> { [ semicolon, colon ],
[ Cyrillic_zhe, Cyrillic_ZHE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_zhe, Cyrillic_ZHE ] };
key <AC11> { [ apostrophe, quotedbl ],
[ Cyrillic_e, Cyrillic_E ] ,
[ Ukrainian_ie, Ukrainian_IE ] };
key <AB01> { [ z, Z ],
[ Cyrillic_ya, Cyrillic_YA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ya, Cyrillic_YA ] };
key <AB02> { [ x, X ],
[ Cyrillic_che, Cyrillic_CHE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_che, Cyrillic_CHE ] };
key <AB03> { [ c, C ],
[ Cyrillic_es, Cyrillic_ES ] ,
[ Cyrillic_es, Cyrillic_ES ] };
key <AB04> { [ v, V ],
[ Cyrillic_em, Cyrillic_EM ] ,
[ Cyrillic_em, Cyrillic_EM ] };
key <AB06> { [ n, N ],
[ Cyrillic_te, Cyrillic_TE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_te, Cyrillic_TE ] };
key <AB05> { [ b, B ],
[ Cyrillic_i, Cyrillic_I ] ,
[ Cyrillic_i, Cyrillic_I ] };
key <AB07> { [ m, M ],
[Cyrillic_softsign,Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN ] ,
[Cyrillic_softsign,Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN ] };
key <AB08> { [ comma, less ],
[ Cyrillic_be, Cyrillic_BE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_be, Cyrillic_BE ] };
key <AB09> { [ period, greater ],
[ Cyrillic_yu, Cyrillic_YU ] ,
[ Cyrillic_yu, Cyrillic_YU ] };
key.type[group2]="TWO_LEVEL";
key.type[group3]="TWO_LEVEL";
// End alphanumeric section
// Begin modifier mappings
modifier_map Shift { Shift_L };
modifier_map Lock { Caps_Lock, ISO_Lock };
modifier_map Control{ Control_L };
modifier_map Mod3 { Mode_switch };
};
partial alphanumeric_keys
xkb_symbols "winkeys" {
include "ru_ua(basic)"
key <AE03> { [ 3, numbersign ],
[ 3, numerosign ] ,
[ 3, numerosign ] };
key <AE04> { [ 4, dollar ],
[ 4, semicolon ] ,
[ 4, semicolon ] };
key <AE05> { [ 5, percent ],
[ 5, percent ] ,
[ 5, percent ] };
key <AE06> { [ 6, asciicircum ],
[ 6, colon ] ,
[ 6, colon ] };
key <AE07> { [ 7, ampersand ],
[ 7, question ] ,
[ 7, question ] };
key <AE08> { [ 8, asterisk ],
[ 8, asterisk ] ,
[ 8, asterisk ] };
key <AB10> { [ slash, question ],
[ period, comma ] ,
[ period, comma ] };
};
partial alphanumeric_keys
xkb_symbols "typewriter" {
include "ru_ua(basic)"
key <TLDE> { [ grave, asciitilde ],
[ apostrophe, quotedbl ] ,
[ apostrophe, quotedbl ] };
key <AE01> { [ 1, exclam ],
[ exclam, 1 ] ,
[ exclam, 1 ] };
key <AE02> { [ 2, at ],
[ numerosign, 2 ] ,
[ numerosign, 2 ] };
key <AE03> { [ 3, numbersign ],
[ slash, 3 ] ,
[ slash, 3 ] };
key <AE04> { [ 4, dollar ],
[ semicolon, 4 ] ,
[ semicolon, 4 ] };
key <AE05> { [ 5, percent ],
[ colon, 5 ] ,
[ colon, 5 ] };
key <AE06> { [ 6, asciicircum ],
[ comma, 6 ] ,
[ comma, 6 ] };
key <AE07> { [ 7, ampersand ],
[ period, 7 ] ,
[ period, 7 ] };
key <AE08> { [ 8, asterisk ],
[ underscore, 8 ] ,
[ underscore, 8 ] };
key <AE09> { [ 9, parenleft ],
[ question, 9 ] ,
[ question, 9 ] };
key <AE10> { [ 0, parenright ],
[ percent, 0 ] ,
[ percent, 0 ] };
key <BKSL> { [ backslash, bar ],
[ parenleft, parenright ] ,
[ parenleft, parenright ] };
key.type[group2]="ALPHABETIC";
key.type[group3]="ALPHABETIC";
key <AD12> { [ bracketright, braceright ],
[Cyrillic_hardsign,Cyrillic_HARDSIGN ] ,
[Ukrainian_yi, Ukrainian_YI ] };
key <AB05> { [ b, B ],
[ Cyrillic_i, Cyrillic_I ] ,
[ Cyrillic_i, Cyrillic_I ] };
key <AB10> { [ slash, question ],
[ Cyrillic_io, Cyrillic_IO ] ,
[ Cyrillic_io, Cyrillic_IO ] };
};
partial alphanumeric_keys
xkb_symbols "phonetic" {
include "ru_ua(basic)"
key <AE01> { [ 1, exclam ],
[ 1, exclam ] ,
[ 1, exclam ] };
key <AE02> { [ 2, at ],
[ 2, at ] ,
[ 2, at ] };
key <AE03> { [ 3, numbersign ],
[ 3, Cyrillic_io ] ,
[ 3, Cyrillic_io ] };
key <AE04> { [ 4, dollar ],
[ 4, Cyrillic_IO ] ,
[ 4, Cyrillic_IO ] };
key <AE05> { [ 5, percent ],
[ 5, percent ] ,
[ 5, percent ] };
key <AE06> { [ 6, asciicircum ],
[ 6, asciicircum ] ,
[ 6, asciicircum ] };
key <AE07> { [ 7, ampersand ],
[ 7, ampersand ] ,
[ 7, ampersand ] };
key <AE08> { [ 8, asterisk ],
[ 8, asterisk ] ,
[ 8, asterisk ] };
key <AE09> { [ 9, parenleft ],
[ 9, parenleft ] ,
[ 9, parenleft ] };
key <AE10> { [ 0, parenright ],
[ 0, parenright ] ,
[ 0, parenright ] };
key <AB09> { [ period, greater ],
[ period, greater ] ,
[ period, greater ] };
key <AB10> { [ slash, question ],
[ slash, question ] ,
[ slash, question ] };
key <AB08> { [ comma, less ],
[ comma, less ] ,
[ comma, less ] };
key <AC10> { [ semicolon, colon ],
[ semicolon, colon ] ,
[ semicolon, colon ] };
key <AC11> { [ apostrophe, quotedbl ],
[ apostrophe, quotedbl ] ,
[ apostrophe, quotedbl ] };
key <LSGT> { [ less, greater ],
[ bar, brokenbar ] ,
[ bar, brokenbar ] };
key.type[group2]="ALPHABETIC";
key.type[group2]="ALPHABETIC";
key <TLDE> { [ grave, asciitilde ],
[ Cyrillic_yu, Cyrillic_YU ] ,
[ Cyrillic_yu, Cyrillic_YU ] };
key <AD01> { [ q, Q ],
[ Cyrillic_ya, Cyrillic_YA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ya, Cyrillic_YA ] };
key <AB01> { [ z, Z ],
[ Cyrillic_ze, Cyrillic_ZE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ze, Cyrillic_ZE ] };
key <AC02> { [ s, S ],
[ Cyrillic_es, Cyrillic_ES ] ,
[ Cyrillic_es, Cyrillic_ES ] };
key <AC01> { [ a, A ],
[ Cyrillic_a, Cyrillic_A ] ,
[ Cyrillic_a, Cyrillic_A ] };
key <AD02> { [ w, W ],
[ Cyrillic_ve, Cyrillic_VE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ve, Cyrillic_VE ] };
key <AB03> { [ c, C ],
[ Cyrillic_tse, Cyrillic_TSE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_tse, Cyrillic_TSE ] };
key <AB02> { [ x, X ],
[Cyrillic_softsign,Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN ] ,
[Cyrillic_softsign,Cyrillic_SOFTSIGN ] };
key <AC03> { [ d, D ],
[ Cyrillic_de, Cyrillic_DE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_de, Cyrillic_DE ] };
key <AD03> { [ e, E ],
[ Cyrillic_ie, Cyrillic_IE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ie, Cyrillic_IE ] };
key <AB04> { [ v, V ],
[ Cyrillic_zhe, Cyrillic_ZHE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_zhe, Cyrillic_ZHE ] };
key <AC04> { [ f, F ],
[ Cyrillic_ef, Cyrillic_EF ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ef, Cyrillic_EF ] };
key <AD05> { [ t, T ],
[ Cyrillic_te, Cyrillic_TE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_te, Cyrillic_TE ] };
key <AD04> { [ r, R ],
[ Cyrillic_er, Cyrillic_ER ] ,
[ Cyrillic_er, Cyrillic_ER ] };
key <AB06> { [ n, N ],
[ Cyrillic_en, Cyrillic_EN ] ,
[ Cyrillic_en, Cyrillic_EN ] };
key <AB05> { [ b, B ],
[ Cyrillic_be, Cyrillic_BE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_be, Cyrillic_BE ] };
key <AC06> { [ h, H ],
[ Cyrillic_ha, Cyrillic_HA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ha, Cyrillic_HA ] };
key <AC05> { [ g, G ],
[ Cyrillic_ghe, Cyrillic_GHE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ghe, Cyrillic_GHE ] };
key <AD06> { [ y, Y ],
[ Cyrillic_yeru, Cyrillic_YERU ] ,
[ Cyrillic_yeru, Cyrillic_YERU ] };
key <AB07> { [ m, M ],
[ Cyrillic_em, Cyrillic_EM ] ,
[ Cyrillic_em, Cyrillic_EM ] };
key <AC07> { [ j, J ],
[ Cyrillic_shorti, Cyrillic_SHORTI ] ,
[ Cyrillic_shorti, Cyrillic_SHORTI ] };
key <AD07> { [ u, U ],
[ Cyrillic_u, Cyrillic_U ] ,
[ Cyrillic_u, Cyrillic_U ] };
key <AC08> { [ k, K ],
[ Cyrillic_ka, Cyrillic_KA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_ka, Cyrillic_KA ] };
key <AD08> { [ i, I ],
[ Cyrillic_i, Cyrillic_I ] ,
[ Cyrillic_i, Cyrillic_I ] };
key <AD09> { [ o, O ],
[ Cyrillic_o, Cyrillic_O ] ,
[ Cyrillic_o, Cyrillic_O ] };
key <AC09> { [ l, L ],
[ Cyrillic_el, Cyrillic_EL ] ,
[ Cyrillic_el, Cyrillic_EL ] };
key <AD10> { [ p, P ],
[ Cyrillic_pe, Cyrillic_PE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_pe, Cyrillic_PE ] };
key <AE11> { [ minus, underscore ],
[ minus, Cyrillic_hardsign ] ,
[ minus, Cyrillic_hardsign ] };
key <AD11> { [ bracketleft, braceleft ],
[ Cyrillic_sha, Cyrillic_SHA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_sha, Cyrillic_SHA ] };
key <AE12> { [ equal, plus ],
[ Cyrillic_che, Cyrillic_CHE ] ,
[ Cyrillic_che, Cyrillic_CHE ] };
key <AD12> { [ bracketright, braceright ],
[ Cyrillic_shcha, Cyrillic_SHCHA ] ,
[ Cyrillic_shcha, Cyrillic_SHCHA ] };
key <BKSL> { [ backslash, bar ],
[ Cyrillic_e, Cyrillic_E ] ,
[ Cyrillic_e, Cyrillic_E ] };
modifier_map Shift { Shift_L };
modifier_map Lock { Caps_Lock, ISO_Lock };
modifier_map Control{ Control_L };
modifier_map Mod3 { Mode_switch };
};

@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
/***************************************************************************
* Copyright (C) 2004 by Leonid Zeitlin *
* lz@europe.com *
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
* *
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
* along with this program; if not, write to the *
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
***************************************************************************/
#include "singlewindowwatcher.h"
#include "kbconfig.h"
#include <kwinmodule.h>
#include <kdebug.h>
SingleWindowWatcher::SingleWindowWatcher(KBConfig *kbconf, QObject *parent, const char *name)
: WindowWatcher(kbconf, parent, name)
{
reset();
}
SingleWindowWatcher::~SingleWindowWatcher()
{
}
void SingleWindowWatcher::windowRemoved(WId id)
{
m_window_map.remove(id);
}
void SingleWindowWatcher::activeWindowChanged(WId id)
{
if (id == 0) return; // no window is active
m_active_window = m_window_map.find(id);
if (m_active_window == m_window_map.end())
addWindowToMap(id);
emit windowChanged(m_active_window.data().groupno, m_active_window.data().next_groupno);
}
void SingleWindowWatcher::addWindowToMap(WId window_id)
{
KBWinInfo wininfo = { m_kbconf->default_groupno(),
m_kbconf->getNextGroup(m_kbconf->default_groupno()) };
m_active_window = m_window_map.insert(window_id, wininfo);
}
void SingleWindowWatcher::changeGroup(int groupno, int next_groupno)
{
if (m_active_window != m_window_map.end()) {
m_active_window.data().groupno = groupno;
m_active_window.data().next_groupno = next_groupno;
}
}
void SingleWindowWatcher::reset()
{
m_window_map.clear();
WId active_window = m_kwin_module->activeWindow();
if (active_window)
addWindowToMap(active_window);
else m_active_window = m_window_map.end();
}

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/***************************************************************************
* Copyright (C) 2004 by Leonid Zeitlin *
* lz@europe.com *
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
* *
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
* along with this program; if not, write to the *
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef SINGLEWINDOWWATCHER_H
#define SINGLEWINDOWWATCHER_H
#include "windowwatcher.h"
#include <qmap.h>
/**
Watches for changes of active window and keep a group per each window
@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class SingleWindowWatcher : public WindowWatcher {
Q_OBJECT
private:
struct KBWinInfo {
int groupno;
int next_groupno;
};
typedef QMap<WId, KBWinInfo> KBWindowMap;
KBWindowMap m_window_map;
KBWindowMap::iterator m_active_window;
void addWindowToMap(WId window_id);
protected:
virtual void windowAdded(WId /* id */) { /* do nothing */ }
virtual void windowRemoved(WId id);
virtual void activeWindowChanged(WId id);
public:
SingleWindowWatcher(KBConfig *kbconf, QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~SingleWindowWatcher();
virtual void changeGroup(int groupno, int next_groupno);
virtual void reset();
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
/***************************************************************************
* Copyright (C) 2004 by Leonid Zeitlin *
* lz@europe.com *
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
* *
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
* along with this program; if not, write to the *
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
***************************************************************************/
#include "windowclasswatcher.h"
#include "kbconfig.h"
#include <kwinmodule.h>
#include <kdebug.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
WindowClassWatcher::WindowClassWatcher(KBConfig *kbconf, QObject *parent, const char *name)
: WindowWatcher(kbconf, parent, name)
{
reset();
}
WindowClassWatcher::~WindowClassWatcher()
{
}
QString WindowClassWatcher::getWindowClass(WId id)
{
XClassHint hint;
QString ret = QString::null;
if (XGetClassHint(qt_xdisplay(), id, &hint)) {
ret = hint.res_class;
XFree(hint.res_name);
XFree(hint.res_class);
}
return ret;
}
void WindowClassWatcher::windowAdded(WId id)
{
QString wclass = getWindowClass(id);
KBClassInfo &info = m_class_group_map[wclass];
if (info.refcount == 0) {
// new class
info.groupno = m_kbconf->default_groupno();
info.next_groupno = m_kbconf->getNextGroup(m_kbconf->default_groupno());
}
info.refcount++;
m_win_class_map.insert(id, wclass);
}
void WindowClassWatcher::windowRemoved(WId id)
{
ClassGroupMap::Iterator iter = m_class_group_map.find(m_win_class_map[id]);
if (iter != m_class_group_map.end()) {
iter.data().refcount--;
if (iter.data().refcount <= 0) m_class_group_map.remove(iter);
}
m_win_class_map.remove(id);
}
void WindowClassWatcher::activeWindowChanged(WId id)
{
if (id == 0) return; // no window is active
m_active_class = m_class_group_map.find(m_win_class_map[id]);
if (m_active_class != m_class_group_map.end())
emit windowChanged(m_active_class.data().groupno, m_active_class.data().next_groupno);
}
void WindowClassWatcher::changeGroup(int groupno, int next_groupno)
{
if (m_active_class != m_class_group_map.end()) {
m_active_class.data().groupno = groupno;
m_active_class.data().next_groupno = next_groupno;
}
}
void WindowClassWatcher::reset()
{
m_win_class_map.clear();
m_class_group_map.clear();
// fill the map with existing windows
const QValueList<WId> windows = m_kwin_module->windows();
const QValueList<WId>::ConstIterator end = windows.end();
for (QValueList<WId>::ConstIterator it = windows.begin(); it != end; ++it)
windowAdded(*it);
WId active_window = m_kwin_module->activeWindow();
if (active_window)
m_active_class = m_class_group_map.find(m_win_class_map[active_window]);
else m_active_class = m_class_group_map.end();
}

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/***************************************************************************
* Copyright (C) 2004 by Leonid Zeitlin *
* lz@europe.com *
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
* *
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
* along with this program; if not, write to the *
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef WINDOWCLASSWATCHER_H
#define WINDOWCLASSWATCHER_H
#include "windowwatcher.h"
#include <qmap.h>
class QString;
/**
This class watcher for active window changes and keeps a group per window class
@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class WindowClassWatcher : public WindowWatcher {
Q_OBJECT
private:
typedef QMap<WId, QString> WinClassMap;
WinClassMap m_win_class_map;
struct KBClassInfo {
int groupno;
int next_groupno;
int refcount;
KBClassInfo() : refcount(0) {}
};
typedef QMap<QString, KBClassInfo> ClassGroupMap;
ClassGroupMap m_class_group_map;
ClassGroupMap::Iterator m_active_class;
QString getWindowClass(WId id);
protected:
virtual void windowAdded(WId id);
virtual void windowRemoved(WId id);
virtual void activeWindowChanged(WId id);
public:
WindowClassWatcher(KBConfig *kbconf, QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~WindowClassWatcher();
virtual void changeGroup(int groupno, int next_groupno);
virtual void reset();
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/***************************************************************************
* Copyright (C) 2004 by Leonid Zeitlin *
* lz@europe.com *
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
* *
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
* along with this program; if not, write to the *
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
***************************************************************************/
#include "windowwatcher.h"
#include <kwinmodule.h>
WindowWatcher::WindowWatcher(KBConfig *kbconf, QObject *parent, const char *name)
: QObject(parent, name)
{
m_kbconf = kbconf;
m_kwin_module = new KWinModule(this);
connect(m_kwin_module, SIGNAL(windowAdded(WId)), SLOT(windowAdded(WId)));
connect(m_kwin_module, SIGNAL(windowRemoved(WId)), SLOT(windowRemoved(WId)));
connect(m_kwin_module, SIGNAL(activeWindowChanged(WId)), SLOT(activeWindowChanged(WId)));
}
WindowWatcher::~WindowWatcher()
{
}

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
/***************************************************************************
* Copyright (C) 2004 by Leonid Zeitlin *
* lz@europe.com *
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, *
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of *
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the *
* GNU General Public License for more details. *
* *
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License *
* along with this program; if not, write to the *
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., *
* 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. *
***************************************************************************/
/* Created 04.05.2004 */
#ifndef WINDOWWATCHER_H
#define WINDOWWATCHER_H
#include <qobject.h>
class KBConfig;
class KWinModule;
/**
@author Leonid Zeitlin
This class watches for active window changes and notifies KKBSwitch
that the keyboard group needs to be canged
*/
class WindowWatcher : public QObject {
Q_OBJECT
protected:
KBConfig *m_kbconf;
KWinModule *m_kwin_module;
protected slots:
virtual void windowAdded(WId id) = 0;
virtual void windowRemoved(WId id) = 0;
virtual void activeWindowChanged(WId id) = 0;
public:
WindowWatcher(KBConfig *kbconf, QObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
~WindowWatcher();
virtual void changeGroup(int groupno, int next_groupno) = 0;
virtual void reset() = 0;
signals:
void windowChanged(int groupno, int next_groupno);
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
/***************************************************************************
xkeyboard.cpp - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 8 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#include "xkeyboard.h"
#include <qwindowdefs.h>
#include <qstringlist.h>
#include <kdebug.h>
#include <klocale.h>
XKeyboard *XKeyboard::m_self = 0;
XKeyboard::XKeyboard()
{
Display *display = qt_xdisplay();
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
// XklSetDebugLevel(0);
XklSetLogAppender(XklLogAppender);
XklInit(display);
XklRegisterStateCallback(XklStateCallback, this);
XklRegisterConfigCallback(XklConfigCallback, this);
#else
int opcode, errorBase, major = XkbMajorVersion, minor = XkbMinorVersion;
// check the library version
if (!XkbLibraryVersion(&major, &minor)) {
kdWarning() << i18n("This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n").arg(XkbMajorVersion).arg(XkbMinorVersion).arg(major).arg(minor);
}
// initialize the extension
m_xkb_available = XkbQueryExtension(display, &opcode, &m_event_code, &errorBase, &major, &minor);
if (!m_xkb_available) {
kdError() << i18n("The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n");
}
else {
// register for XKB events
//// group state change, i.e. the current group changed:
XkbSelectEventDetails(display, XkbUseCoreKbd, XkbStateNotify,
XkbAllStateComponentsMask, XkbGroupStateMask);
//// keyboard mapping change:
XkbSelectEventDetails(display, XkbUseCoreKbd, XkbMapNotify,
XkbAllMapComponentsMask, XkbKeySymsMask);
//// group names change:
XkbSelectEventDetails(display, XkbUseCoreKbd, XkbNamesNotify,
XkbAllNamesMask, XkbGroupNamesMask);
//// new keyboard:
XkbSelectEventDetails(display, XkbUseCoreKbd, XkbNewKeyboardNotify,
XkbAllNewKeyboardEventsMask, XkbAllNewKeyboardEventsMask);
// retrieve the number of keyboard groups
retrieveNumKbdGroups();
}
#endif
m_self = this;
}
XKeyboard::~XKeyboard(){
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
XklStopListen();
XklTerm();
#endif
}
/** Determine if the given XEvent e is an XKB event with type XkbStateNotify.
* If so, newgroupno will return the new keyboard group #.
* In other words, return value of true means that this XEvent tells us
* that the user just switched the keyboard group to the new value
* newgroupno */
/*bool XKeyboard::isXkbStateNotifyEvent(XEvent *e, int *newgroupno){
bool ret = false;
if (e->type == m_event_code) {
XkbEvent *kb_ev = (XkbEvent *) e;
if (kb_ev->any.xkb_type == XkbStateNotify) {
ret = true;
*newgroupno = kb_ev->state.group;
}
}
return ret;
}*/
/** Set the current keyboard group to the given groupno */
void XKeyboard::setGroupNo(int groupno){
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
XklLockGroup(groupno);
#else
XkbLockGroup(qt_xdisplay(), XkbUseCoreKbd, groupno);
#endif
}
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
extern "C" {
static int IgnoreXError(Display *, XErrorEvent *) {
return 0;
}
}
#endif
/** Get the names of the currently configured keyboard groups */
void XKeyboard::getGroupNames(QStringList &list){
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
const char** groupnames = XklGetGroupNames();
int numgroups = XklGetNumGroups();
for (int i = 0; i < numgroups; i++)
list.append(groupnames[i]);
#else
XkbDescRec xkb;
Display *display = qt_xdisplay();
char *names[XkbNumKbdGroups];
memset(&xkb, 0, sizeof(xkb));
xkb.device_spec = XkbUseCoreKbd;
XkbGetNames(display, XkbGroupNamesMask, &xkb);
memset(names, 0, sizeof(char *) * XkbNumKbdGroups);
// XGetAtomNames below may generate BadAtom error, which is not a problem.
// (it may happen if the name for a group was not defined)
// Thus we temporarily ignore X errors
XErrorHandler old_handler = XSetErrorHandler(IgnoreXError);
XGetAtomNames(display, xkb.names->groups, m_numgroups, names);
// resume normal X error processing
XSetErrorHandler(old_handler);
for (int i = 0; i < m_numgroups; i++) {
if (names[i]) {
list.append(names[i]);
XFree(names[i]);
}
else list.append(QString::null);
}
XkbFreeNames(&xkb, XkbGroupNamesMask, 1);
#endif
}
XKeyboard * XKeyboard::self()
{
return m_self;
}
/** return the current keyboard group index */
int XKeyboard::getGroupNo(){
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
return XklGetCurrentState()->group;
#else
XkbStateRec rec;
XkbGetState(qt_xdisplay(), XkbUseCoreKbd, &rec);
return (int) rec.group;
#endif
}
/** Returns if the given event notifies us of a keyboard layout change that requires a
* reconfiguration
* (e.g. new group added, group names changed, etc.) */
/*bool XKeyboard::isLayoutChangeEvent(XEvent *e){
if (e->type == m_event_code) {
XkbEvent *xkb_ev = (XkbEvent *) e;
if ((xkb_ev->any.xkb_type == XkbMapNotify) && (xkb_ev->map.changed & XkbKeySymsMask)
|| (xkb_ev->any.xkb_type == XkbNamesNotify) && (xkb_ev->names.changed & XkbGroupNamesMask)
|| (xkb_ev->any.xkb_type == XkbNewKeyboardNotify)) {
retrieveNumKbdGroups();
return true;
}
}
return false;
}*/
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
/** No descriptions */
void XKeyboard::retrieveNumKbdGroups(){
XkbDescRec xkb;
memset(&xkb, 0, sizeof(xkb));
/* Interestingly, in RedHat 6.0 (XFree86 3.3.3.1) the XkbGetControls call
below works even if xkb.device_spec is not set. But in RedHat 7.1 (XFree86 4.0.3)
it returns BadImplementation status code, and you have to specify
xkb.device_spec = XkbUseCoreKbd. */
xkb.device_spec = XkbUseCoreKbd;
XkbGetControls(qt_xdisplay(), XkbGroupsWrapMask, &xkb);
m_numgroups = xkb.ctrls->num_groups;
XkbFreeControls(&xkb, XkbGroupsWrapMask, 1);
}
#endif
/** Examines an X Event passed to it and takes actions if the event is of
* interest to XKeyboard */
void XKeyboard::processEvent(XEvent *ev) {
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
XklFilterEvents(ev);
#else
if (ev->type == m_event_code) {
// This an XKB event
XkbEvent *xkb_ev = (XkbEvent *) ev;
if (xkb_ev->any.xkb_type == XkbStateNotify) {
// state notify event, the current group has changed
emit groupChanged(xkb_ev->state.group);
}
else if ((xkb_ev->any.xkb_type == XkbMapNotify) && (xkb_ev->map.changed & XkbKeySymsMask)
|| (xkb_ev->any.xkb_type == XkbNamesNotify) && (xkb_ev->names.changed & XkbGroupNamesMask)
|| (xkb_ev->any.xkb_type == XkbNewKeyboardNotify)) {
// keyboard layout has changed
retrieveNumKbdGroups();
emit layoutChanged();
}
}
#endif
}
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
void XKeyboard::XklStateCallback(XklStateChange changeType, int group,
Bool /*restore*/, void */*userData*/)
{
if (changeType == GROUP_CHANGED)
emit XKeyboard::self()->groupChanged(group);
}
void XKeyboard::XklConfigCallback(void */*userData*/)
{
emit XKeyboard::self()->layoutChanged();
}
void XKeyboard::XklLogAppender(const char file[], const char function[],
int level, const char format[], va_list args)
{
int size = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, format, args);
char *str = new char[size + 1];
vsnprintf(str, size, format, args);
kdDebug() << file << "/" << function << ": " << str << endl;
delete[] str;
}
#endif

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/***************************************************************************
xkeyboard.h - description
-------------------
begin : Sun Jul 8 2001
copyright : (C) 2001 by Leonid Zeitlin
email : lz@europe.com
***************************************************************************/
/***************************************************************************
* *
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify *
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by *
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or *
* (at your option) any later version. *
* *
***************************************************************************/
#ifndef XKEYBOARD_H
#define XKEYBOARD_H
#include "config.h"
#include <qobject.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/XKBlib.h>
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
#include <libxklavier/xklavier.h>
#endif
class QStringList;
/**This class incapsulates XKeyboard Extension interface
*@author Leonid Zeitlin
*/
class XKeyboard : public QObject {
Q_OBJECT
private:
#ifndef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
int m_event_code;
int m_numgroups;
#endif
static XKeyboard *m_self;
bool m_xkb_available;
public:
static const int MaxNumKbdGroups = XkbNumKbdGroups;
XKeyboard();
~XKeyboard();
/** Set the current keyboard group to the given groupno */
void setGroupNo(int groupno);
/** Get the names of the currently configured keyboard groups */
void getGroupNames(QStringList &list);
static XKeyboard* self();
/** return the current keyboard group index */
int getGroupNo();
/** return if XKEYBOARD extension is available in the X server */
bool xkbAvailable() { return m_xkb_available; }
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
int getNumKbdGroups() { return XklGetNumGroups(); };
#else
int getNumKbdGroups() { return m_numgroups; };
#endif
/** Examines an X Event passed to it and takes actions if the event is of
* interest to XKeyboard */
void processEvent(XEvent *ev);
private: // Private methods
#ifdef HAVE_LIBXKLAVIER
static void XklStateCallback(XklStateChange changeType, int group,
Bool /*restore*/, void* /*userData*/);
static void XklConfigCallback(void */*userData*/);
static void XklLogAppender(const char file[], const char function[],
int level, const char format[], va_list args);
#else
/** No descriptions */
void retrieveNumKbdGroups();
#endif
signals: // Signals
/** Signals that new keyboard group is selected */
void groupChanged(int groupno);
/** Signals that keyboard layout has changed and thus we need to reconfigure */
void layoutChanged();
};
#endif

@ -0,0 +1 @@
POFILES = AUTO

Binary file not shown.

@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
# translation of bg.po to
# translation of bg.po to
# translation of ru.po to Russian
# translation of .po to Russian
# translation of kkbswitch.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>, 2003, 2004.
# Petko Yotov <5ko@free.fr>, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bg\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-15 23:49+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-21 05:19+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Petko Yotov <5ko@free.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: <en@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
#: kbconfig.cpp:85
msgid "<Unnamed>"
msgstr "<Без име>"
#: kbconfig.cpp:101
msgid "Activate %1 keyboard layout"
msgstr "Активиране на клавиатура %1"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:116
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Настройки"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:120
msgid "Available &keyboard layouts:"
msgstr "Налични &клавиатурни подредби:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:132
msgid ""
"This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a "
"layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default "
"with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" "
"button to set the default layout."
msgstr ""
"Този списък показва наличните клавиатурни подредби в системата ви.\n"
"Изберете подредбата и натиснете бутона \"Смяна на иконата\", за да смените иконата за дадената клавиатурна подредба.\n"
"Ако сте променили иконата, можете да върнете първоначалната чрез бутона \"Икона по подразбиране\".\n"
"Клавиатурната подредба, показана с удебелен шрифт е основната (използва се при стартиране на системата). Натиснете бутона \"Основна подредба\", за да я смените."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:141
msgid "Cha&nge Icon..."
msgstr "&Смяна на иконата..."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:144
msgid ""
"Click this button to change the icon for the layout selected in the list box "
"to the left."
msgstr "Натиснете бутона, за да смените иконата за маркираната клавиатурна подредба в левия списък."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:147
msgid "Use &Default Icon"
msgstr "&Икона по подразбиране"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:150
msgid ""
"Click this button to use default icon for the layout selected in the list "
"box to the left."
msgstr "Натиснете бутона, за да възстановите първоначалната икона за маркираната подредба в левия списък."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:153
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "&Основна подредба"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:156
msgid ""
"Cick this button to set the layout selected in the list box to the left as "
"the default"
msgstr "Натиснете бутона, за да изберете маркираната подредба като основна."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:162
msgid "Layout &icon style:"
msgstr "И&зползвана икона:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:167
msgid "Country flag"
msgstr "знаме"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:168
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "код на езика"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:169
msgid "Flag and code"
msgstr "знаме и код"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:173
msgid ""
"<p>Select the style of icons representing the current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - "
"displays the corresponding contry flag<li><b>Language code</b> - displays "
"the language ISO 2-letter code<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the "
"language code superimposed over the country flag.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Изберете вида на използваната икона, показваща текущата клавиатурна подредба\n"
"Можете да изберете измежду следните варианти: <ul> <li><b>знаме</b> - "
"показва отговарящото знаме на страната; <li><b>код на езика</b> - "
"показва дву-буквения ISO-код на езика; <li><b>знаме и код</b> - "
"показва знамето с изписан код върху него.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:181
msgid "&Layout applies to:"
msgstr "См&яната на подредбите е валидна за:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:186
msgid "All windows"
msgstr "всички прозорци"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:187
msgid "Windows of one application"
msgstr "всички прозорци на активната програма"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:188
msgid "One window"
msgstr "активния прозорец"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:191
msgid ""
"<p>Select what windows the currently selected keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your "
"desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; "
"each application can have its own layout. When you switch between "
"applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can "
"have its own layout. When you switch between windows, layout follows the "
"active window.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Изберете за кои прозорци е валидна текущата подредба:\n"
"<ul><li><b>всички прозорци</b> - смяната на текущата подредба е валидна за всички прозорци в графичната среда;\n"
"<li><b>всички прозорци на активната програма</b> - смяната на подредбата е валидна във всички прозорци на програмата; всяка програма може да има собствена клавиатурна подредба; когато изведете на преден план друга програма, тя ще бъде с нейната си клавиатурна подредба;\n"
"<li><b>активния прозорец</b> - смяната е активна само за активния прозорец; когато изведете на преден план друг прозорец, той ще бъде със собствената си клавиатурна подредба.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:199
msgid "Use \"&Toggle Mode\""
msgstr "&Режим на превключване"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:201
msgid ""
"Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard layouts defined. "
"When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two "
"most frequently used layouts. To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray "
"popup menu"
msgstr "\"Режимът на превключване\" е полезен, ако имате повече от две клавиатурни подредби. Ако режимът е включен, с бързия клавиш или превключвателя преминавате само между двете най-често използвани подредби. За да изберете някоя от другите подредби, натиснете с десния бутон на мишката на иконата на KKBSwitch в панела на KDE."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:211
msgid "A&utostart"
msgstr "&Автоматично стартиране"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:213
msgid ""
"When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch will start automatically when you "
"log in"
msgstr "Ако отметката е избрана, KKBSwitch ще стартира автоматично при влизане в системата."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:219
msgid "Sho&rtcuts"
msgstr "&Бързи клавиши"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:220
msgid "Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"
msgstr "&Използване на бързи клавиши за различните подредби"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:222
msgid ""
"Check this checkbox to be able to quickly activate any keyboard layout with "
"keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox is checked, you can adjust the "
"shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. Especially useful if you have three "
"or four keyboard layouts configured"
msgstr "Ако тази отметка е избрана, ще можете бързо да превключите към точно определена клавиатурна подредба. За целта настройте бързите клавиши в долното поле. Това е доста полезно, ако имате три или повече клавиатурни подредби."
#: kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:34 kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBConfigDlg"
msgstr "KBConfigDlg"
#: kbconfig.moc.cpp:42 kbconfig.moc.cpp:47
msgid "KBConfig"
msgstr "KBConfig"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:42
msgid "Pick an icon"
msgstr "Избор на икона"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:50
msgid "Select one of the icons"
msgstr "Изберете една от иконите"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:52
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Собствен файл..."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:54
msgid "Browse for an image file to use as an icon"
msgstr "Избиране на графичен файл, който да се ползва като икона."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:90
msgid ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|All files (*.*)"
msgstr ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Графични файлове (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|Всички файлове (*.*)"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:101
msgid ""
"The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n"
msgstr ""
"Размерът на иконата (%1 на %2) не е подходящ.\n"
"Препоръчителен размер на иконата е %3 на %4.\n"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:106
msgid " and also too wide"
msgstr "и твърде широка"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:107
msgid " and also too narrow"
msgstr "и твърде тясна"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:108
msgid "This image is too big%1."
msgstr "Тази икона е прекалено голяма%1."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:110
msgid "This image is too wide."
msgstr "Тази картинка е твърде широка."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:111
msgid "This image is too narrow."
msgstr "Тази картинка е твърде тясна."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:113
msgid ""
"KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look "
"very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?"
msgstr ""
"KKBSwitch ще я преоразмери до подходящи размери, но резултатът може да не изглежда добре.\n"
"Желаете ли да ползвате точно тази картинка?"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:126
msgid ""
"Cannot read icon from file %1. Either it is not an image file or it is "
"corrupt."
msgstr "Грешка при отваряне на файла %1. Това или не е графичен файл, или е повреден."
#: kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:34 kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBPickIconDlg"
msgstr "KBPickIconDlg"
#: kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchApp"
msgstr "KBSwitchApp"
#: kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchIntf"
msgstr "KBSwitchIntf"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.cpp:91 main.cpp:27 main.cpp:41
msgid "Keyboard Switch"
msgstr "Превключвател на клавиатурни подредби"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
msgstr "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
#: main.cpp:44
msgid "Creator and maintainer"
msgstr "Автор на програмата и основен разработчик"
#: main.cpp:45
msgid "Default group config and per-window groups"
msgstr ""
"Конфигурация на основните подредби\n"
"и различни подредби за различните прозорци"
#: main.cpp:47
msgid "FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"
msgstr "FreeBSD-порт, предложения за подобрения"
#: main.cpp:48
msgid "Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"
msgstr "Предложения за подобрения, превод на украински език"
#: main.cpp:50
msgid "Autostart patch"
msgstr "Кръпка за автоматичното стартиране"
#: main.cpp:51
msgid "Greek translation"
msgstr "Превод на гръцки език"
#: main.cpp:52
msgid "Slovak translation"
msgstr "Превод на словашки език"
#: singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "SingleWindowWatcher"
msgstr "SingleWindowWatcher"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1
msgid ""
"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your names"
msgstr "Петко Йотов (Petko Yotov)"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3
msgid ""
"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your emails"
msgstr "5ko@free.fr"
#: windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowClassWatcher"
msgstr "WindowClassWatcher"
#: windowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowWatcher"
msgstr "WindowWatcher"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:42
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n"
msgstr ""
"Тази програма е компилирана с библиотеката XKB версия %1.%2,\n"
"а я стартирате с версия %3.%4.\n"
"Това може да е причина за различни проблеми,\n"
"включително за невъзможност за работа.\n"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:51
msgid ""
"The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n"
msgstr ""
"X сървърът не поддържа разширението XKB. Или сървърът\n "
"няма поддръжка за XKB, или поддръжката му е била изключена.\n"
"Програмата няма да може да работи с този сървър.\n"
#: xkeyboard.moc.cpp:34 xkeyboard.moc.cpp:42
msgid "XKeyboard"
msgstr "XKeyboard"

Binary file not shown.

@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
# translation of cs.po to Czech
# Czech translation of KKBSwitch 1.4
# Michal Bukovský <michal.bukovsky@trilogic.cz>, 2005.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: cs\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-15 23:49+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-10 10:07+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Michal Bukovský <michal.bukovsky@trilogic.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <cs@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
#: kbconfig.cpp:85
msgid "<Unnamed>"
msgstr "<Nepojmenovaný>"
#: kbconfig.cpp:101
msgid "Activate %1 keyboard layout"
msgstr "Aktivovat rozvržení klávesnice %1"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:116
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Všeobecné"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:120
msgid "Available &keyboard layouts:"
msgstr "Dostupná rozvržení &klávesnice:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:132
msgid ""
"This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a "
"layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default "
"with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" "
"button to set the default layout."
msgstr ""
"Tento seznam obsahuje rozvržení klávesnice dostupné ve vašem systému.\n"
"Vyberte rozvržení klávesnice a tlačítkem\"Změnit ikonu...\" změňte ikonu "
"pro rozvržení.\n"
"Jestliže jste nastavili nesprávnou ikonu, můžete vrátit ikonu na standardní "
"tlačítkem \"Použit standardní ikonu\".\n"
"Rozložení zobrazené tučne je výchozí rozvržení. Pro nastavení "
"rozvržení klávesnice jako výchozí použijte tlačítko \"Nastavit jako výchozí\"."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:141
msgid "Cha&nge Icon..."
msgstr "Změnit &ikonu..."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:144
msgid ""
"Click this button to change the icon for the layout selected in the list box "
"to the left."
msgstr "Klikněte na toto tlačítko pro změnu ikony rozvržení."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:147
msgid "Use &Default Icon"
msgstr "Použít s&tandardní ikonu"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:150
msgid ""
"Click this button to use default icon for the layout selected in the list "
"box to the left."
msgstr "Klikněte na toto tlačítko pro změnu ikony na standardní."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:153
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "&Nastavit jako výchozí"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:156
msgid ""
"Cick this button to set the layout selected in the list box to the left as "
"the default"
msgstr "Klikněte na toto tlačítko pro nastavení rozvržení jako výchozí"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:162
msgid "Layout &icon style:"
msgstr "Stýl ikony &rozvržení:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:167
msgid "Country flag"
msgstr "Vlajka státu"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:168
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "Kód jazyka"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:169
msgid "Flag and code"
msgstr "Vlajka a kód"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:173
msgid ""
"<p>Select the style of icons representing the current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - "
"displays the corresponding contry flag<li><b>Language code</b> - displays "
"the language ISO 2-letter code<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the "
"language code superimposed over the country flag.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vyberte styl ikony, která reprezentuje aktuální rozvržení klávesnice.\n"
"Můžete si zvolit z nasledujících stylů:<ul><li><b>Vlajka státu</b> - "
"ukazuje odpovídající vlajku státu<li><b>Kód jazyka</b> - ukazuje dvou písmený "
"kód jazyka<li><b>Vlajka a kód</b> - ukazuje kód jazyka překrývající vlajku "
"státu.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:181
msgid "&Layout applies to:"
msgstr "Rozložení &aplikovat na:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:186
msgid "All windows"
msgstr "Všechny okna"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:187
msgid "Windows of one application"
msgstr "Okna jedné aplikace"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:188
msgid "One window"
msgstr "Jedno okno"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:191
msgid ""
"<p>Select what windows the currently selected keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your "
"desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; "
"each application can have its own layout. When you switch between "
"applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can "
"have its own layout. When you switch between windows, layout follows the "
"active window.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vyberte na které okna se aplikuje aktuální rozvržení klávesnice:\n"
"<ul><li><b>Všechny okna</b> - jedno rozvržení aplikované na všechny okna "
"vašeho desktopu\n"
"<li><b>Okna jedné aplikacie</b> - rozvržení aplikované na jednu aplikaci; "
"každá aplikáce může mít vlastní rozvržení. Když přepínáte mezi "
"aplikacemi, rozvržení následuje aktivní aplikaci\n"
"<li><b>Jedno okno</b> - rozvržení aplikované jen na jedno okno; každé okno "
"může mít vlastní rozvržení. Když přepínáte mezi okny, rozvržení "
"následuje aktivní okno.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:199
msgid "Use \"&Toggle Mode\""
msgstr "Použít \"Přepínací &mód\""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:201
msgid ""
"Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard layouts defined. "
"When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two "
"most frequently used layouts. To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray "
"popup menu"
msgstr ""
"Přepínací mód je užitečný jestliže máte definováno více jak dvě rozvržení "
"klávesnice. Pokud je přepínací mód zapnutý, přepíná se mezi dvěma najčastěji používanými rozvrženími. Aktivovat dalších "
"rozvržení lze pomocí kontextového menu KKBSwitch, které se objeví pod kliknutí pravého tlačítka nad ikonou v KDE panelu"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:211
msgid "A&utostart"
msgstr "A&utomatický start"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:213
msgid ""
"When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch will start automatically when you "
"log in"
msgstr "Pokud je toto zaškrtnuté, KKBSwitch se automaticky spustí po přihlášení"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:219
msgid "Sho&rtcuts"
msgstr "&Zkratky"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:220
msgid "Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"
msgstr "Použít klávesové zkratky, které aktivují rozvržení klávesnice"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:222
msgid ""
"Check this checkbox to be able to quickly activate any keyboard layout with "
"keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox is checked, you can adjust the "
"shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. Especially useful if you have three "
"or four keyboard layouts configured"
msgstr ""
"Zaškrtnutím této volby budete moci aktivovat kterékoliv rozvržení "
"klávesnice pomocí klávesové zkratky. Jestliže je zaškrtnutá tato volba, můžete "
"přispůsobit klávesové zkratky pomocí dolního panelu. Je to obzvlášť užitečné, pokud máte "
"nakonfigurované tři nebo čtyři rozvržení klávesnice"
#: kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:34 kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBConfigDlg"
msgstr "KBConfigDlg"
#: kbconfig.moc.cpp:42 kbconfig.moc.cpp:47
msgid "KBConfig"
msgstr "KBConfig"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:42
msgid "Pick an icon"
msgstr "Vyberte ikonu"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:50
msgid "Select one of the icons"
msgstr "Vyberte jednu z ikon"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:52
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Procházet..."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:54
msgid "Browse for an image file to use as an icon"
msgstr "Načíst obrázek, který se použije jako ikona"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:90
msgid ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|All files (*.*)"
msgstr ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Ikony (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|Všechny soubory (*.*)"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:101
msgid ""
"The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n"
msgstr ""
"Rozměr obrázku (%1 x %2) není správný.\n"
"Preferovaný rozměr ikony je %3 x %4.\n"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:106
msgid " and also too wide"
msgstr " a též příliš široký"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:107
msgid " and also too narrow"
msgstr " a též příliš úzký"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:108
msgid "This image is too big%1."
msgstr "Tento obrázek je příliš velký %1."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:110
msgid "This image is too wide."
msgstr "Tento obrázek je příliš široký."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:111
msgid "This image is too narrow."
msgstr "Tento obrázek je příliš úzký."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:113
msgid ""
"KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look "
"very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?"
msgstr ""
"KKBSwitch změní rozměry obrázku na přiměřené, ale výsledek nemusí vypadat "
"moc dobře.\n"
"Jste si jistý, že chcete použít tento obrázek?"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:126
msgid ""
"Cannot read icon from file %1. Either it is not an image file or it is "
"corrupt."
msgstr ""
"Nelze načíst ikonu ze souboru %1. Buď to není obrázek nebo je "
"poškozený."
#: kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:34 kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBPickIconDlg"
msgstr "KBPickIconDlg"
#: kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchApp"
msgstr "KBSwitchApp"
#: kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchIntf"
msgstr "KBSwitchIntf"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.cpp:91 main.cpp:27 main.cpp:41
msgid "Keyboard Switch"
msgstr "KKBSwitch"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
msgstr "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
#: main.cpp:44
msgid "Creator and maintainer"
msgstr "Autor a správce"
#: main.cpp:45
msgid "Default group config and per-window groups"
msgstr "Default group config and per-window groups"
#: main.cpp:47
msgid "FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"
msgstr "Port na FreeBSD, návrhy funkcí"
#: main.cpp:48
msgid "Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"
msgstr "Návrhy funkcí, Ukrajinský překlad"
#: main.cpp:50
msgid "Autostart patch"
msgstr "Patch Automatický start"
#: main.cpp:51
msgid "Greek translation"
msgstr "Řecký překlad"
#: main.cpp:52
msgid "Slovak translation"
msgstr "Slovenský překlad"
#: singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "SingleWindowWatcher"
msgstr "SingleWindowWatcher"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1
msgid ""
"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your names"
msgstr "Michal Bukovský"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3
msgid ""
"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your emails"
msgstr "michal.bukovsky@trilogic.cz"
#: windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowClassWatcher"
msgstr "WindowClassWatcher"
#: windowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowWatcher"
msgstr "WindowWatcher"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:42
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n"
msgstr ""
"Tento program byl vytvořený proti knihovně XKB verze %1.%2, \n"
"ale beží s knihovnou verze %3.%4.\n"
"To může způsobit různe problémy a dokonce úplnému znehodnocení\n"
"funkce\n"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:51
msgid ""
"The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n"
msgstr ""
"X Server nepodporuje kompatibilní rozšírení XKB.\n"
"Buď to XKB server nepodporuje, a nebo bylo rozšírení vypnuto.\n"
"Program by nespolupracoval správně se serverem a proto bude nyní ukončen\n"
#: xkeyboard.moc.cpp:34 xkeyboard.moc.cpp:42
msgid "XKeyboard"
msgstr "XKeyboard"

Binary file not shown.

@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
# translation of kkbswitch.po to Hellenic
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Stergios Dramis <sdramis@egnatia.ee.auth.gr>, 2003.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kkbswitch\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-15 23:49+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-11-11 03:20+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Stergios Dramis <sdramis@egnatia.ee.auth.gr>\n"
"Language-Team: Hellenic <i18ngr@hellug.gr>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#: kbconfig.cpp:85
msgid "<Unnamed>"
msgstr "<Χωρίς όνομα>"
#: kbconfig.cpp:101
msgid "Activate %1 keyboard layout"
msgstr "Ενεργοποίηση διάταξης πληκτρολογίου %1"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:116
#, fuzzy
msgid "&General"
msgstr "Γενικά"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:120
#, fuzzy
msgid "Available &keyboard layouts:"
msgstr "Διαθέσιμες διατάξεις &πληκτρολογίου"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a "
"layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default "
"with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" "
"button to set the default layout."
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το κουτί λίστας εμφανίζει διατάξεις πληκτρολογίου διαθέσιμες στο "
"σύστημά σας.\n"
"Επιλέξτε μια διάταξη και κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί \"Αλλαγή εικονιδίου...\" για "
"να αλλάξετε το εικονίδιο μίας διάταξης\n"
"Η διάταξη που εμφανίζεται με έντονη γραφή είναι η προκαθορισμένη. "
"Χρησιμοποιήστε το κουμπί \"Ορισμός ως προκαθορισμένη\" για να ορίσετε την "
"προκαθορισμένη διάταξη"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:141
#, fuzzy
msgid "Cha&nge Icon..."
msgstr "Αλλαγή εικονιδίου..."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:144
msgid ""
"Click this button to change the icon for the layout selected in the list box "
"to the left."
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:147
msgid "Use &Default Icon"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:150
msgid ""
"Click this button to use default icon for the layout selected in the list "
"box to the left."
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:153
#, fuzzy
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Ορισμός ως προκαθορισμένη"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:156
msgid ""
"Cick this button to set the layout selected in the list box to the left as "
"the default"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:162
#, fuzzy
msgid "Layout &icon style:"
msgstr "Στυλ διάταξης &εικονιδίου:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:167
msgid "Country flag"
msgstr "Σημαία χώρας"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:168
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "Κωδικός γλώσσας"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:169
msgid "Flag and code"
msgstr "Σημαία και κωδικός"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:173
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<p>Select the style of icons representing the current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - "
"displays the corresponding contry flag<li><b>Language code</b> - displays "
"the language ISO 2-letter code<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the "
"language code superimposed over the country flag.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Επιλέξτε το στυλ των εικονιδίων που εμφανίζουν την τρέχουσα διάταξη "
"πληκτρολογίου.\n"
"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε ένα από τα ακόλουθα στυλ:<ul><li><b>Σημαία χώρας</b> - "
"εμφανίζει την αντίστοιχη σημαία της χώρας<li><b>Κωδικός γλώσσας</b> - "
"εμφανίζει τον κωδικό γλώσσας ISO 2 χαρακτήρων<li><b>Σημαία και κωδικός</b> - "
"εμφανίζει τον κωδικό γλώσσας πάνω στη σημαία της χώρας</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:181
msgid "&Layout applies to:"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:186
msgid "All windows"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:187
msgid "Windows of one application"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:188
msgid "One window"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:191
msgid ""
"<p>Select what windows the currently selected keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your "
"desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; "
"each application can have its own layout. When you switch between "
"applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can "
"have its own layout. When you switch between windows, layout follows the "
"active window.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:199
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use \"&Toggle Mode\""
msgstr "Χρήση \"Λειτουργίας εναλλαγής\""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:201
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard layouts defined. "
"When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two "
"most frequently used layouts. To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray "
"popup menu"
msgstr ""
"Η λειτουργίας εναλλαγής είναι χρήσιμη όταν έχετε ορισμένες περισσότερες από "
"2 διατάξεις πληκτρολογίου. Όταν η λειτουργίας εναλλαγής είναι ενεργοποιημένη "
"το κανονικό πλήκτρο αλλαγής διάταξης εναλλάσσει μεταξύ των δύο πιο συχνά "
"χρησιμοποιημένων διατάξεων. Για να ενεργοποιήσετε άλλες διατάξεις "
"χρησιμοποιήστε το αναδυόμενου μενού πλαισίου του KKBSwitch"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:211
#, fuzzy
msgid "A&utostart"
msgstr "Αυτόματη εκκίνηση"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:213
msgid ""
"When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch will start automatically when you "
"log in"
msgstr ""
"Όταν αυτό το κουτί επιλογής είναι τσεκαρισμένο το KKBSwitch θα ξεκινά "
"αυτόματα κατά την εκκίνηση"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:219
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sho&rtcuts"
msgstr "Συντομεύσεις"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:220
#, fuzzy
msgid "Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"
msgstr "Χρήση &συντομεύσεων για την ενεργοποίηση διατάξεων πληκτρολογίου"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:222
msgid ""
"Check this checkbox to be able to quickly activate any keyboard layout with "
"keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox is checked, you can adjust the "
"shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. Especially useful if you have three "
"or four keyboard layouts configured"
msgstr ""
"Τσεκάρετε αυτό το κουτί επιλογής για να μπορείτε να ενεργοποιείτε γρήγορα "
"οποιαδήποτε διάταξη πληκτρολογίου χρησιμοποιώντας συντομεύσεις "
"πληκτρολογίου. Όταν αυτό το κουτί επιλογής είναι τσεκαρισμένο μπορείτε να "
"ρυθμίσετε τις συντομεύσεις στο πλαίσιο επιλογής πλήκτρου παρακάτω. Πάρα πολύ "
"χρήσιμο εάν έχετε ρυθμισμένες τρεις ή τέσσερις διατάξεις πληκτρολογίου"
#: kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:34 kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBConfigDlg"
msgstr "KBConfigDlg"
#: kbconfig.moc.cpp:42 kbconfig.moc.cpp:47
msgid "KBConfig"
msgstr "KBConfig"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:42
msgid "Pick an icon"
msgstr "Επιλέξτε ένα εικονίδιο"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:50
msgid "Select one of the icons"
msgstr "Επιλέξτε ένα από τα εικονίδια"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:52
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:54
msgid "Browse for an image file to use as an icon"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:90
msgid ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|All files (*.*)"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:101
msgid ""
"The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:106
msgid " and also too wide"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:107
msgid " and also too narrow"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:108
msgid "This image is too big%1."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:110
msgid "This image is too wide."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:111
msgid "This image is too narrow."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:113
msgid ""
"KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look "
"very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:126
msgid ""
"Cannot read icon from file %1. Either it is not an image file or it is "
"corrupt."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:34 kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBPickIconDlg"
msgstr "KBPickIconDlg"
#: kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchApp"
msgstr "KBSwitchApp"
#: kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchIntf"
msgstr "KBSwitchIntf"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.cpp:91 main.cpp:27 main.cpp:41
msgid "Keyboard Switch"
msgstr "Αλλαγή πληκτρολογίου"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
msgstr "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
#: main.cpp:44
msgid "Creator and maintainer"
msgstr "Δημιουργός και συντηρητής"
#: main.cpp:45
msgid "Default group config and per-window groups"
msgstr "Ρύθμιση προκαθορισμένης ομάδας και ομάδες ανά-παράθυρο"
#: main.cpp:47
msgid "FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:48
msgid "Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"
msgstr "Προτάσεις, μετάφραση στα Ουκρανικά"
#: main.cpp:50
msgid "Autostart patch"
msgstr "Patch αυτόματης εκκίνησης"
#: main.cpp:51
msgid "Greek translation"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:52
msgid "Slovak translation"
msgstr ""
#: singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "SingleWindowWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1
msgid ""
"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your names"
msgstr "Στέργιος Δράμης"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3
msgid ""
"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your emails"
msgstr "sdramis@egnatia.ee.auth.gr"
#: windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowClassWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: windowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: xkeyboard.cpp:42
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n"
msgstr ""
"Αυτό το πρόγραμμα χτίστηκε με τη βιβλιοθήκη επέκτασης XKB\n"
"έκδοσης %1.%2 αλλά εκτελείτε με την βιβλιοθήκη έκδοσης %3.%4.\n"
"Αυτό μπορεί να δημιουργήσει διάφορα προβλήματα και μπορεί να\n"
"οδηγήσει ακόμη και σε αποτυχία σωστής λειτουργίας\n"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:51
msgid ""
"The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n"
msgstr ""
"Ο εξυπηρετητής X δεν υποστηρίζει μια συμβατή επέκταση XKB.\n"
"Είτε ο εξυπηρετητής δεν είναι XKB-συμβατός ή η επέκταση απενεργοποιήθηκε.\n"
"Αυτό το πρόγραμμα δεν ήταν δυνατό να λειτουργήσει με αυτόν τον εξυπηρετητή, "
"έτσι θα τερματίσει τώρα\n"
#: xkeyboard.moc.cpp:34 xkeyboard.moc.cpp:42
msgid "XKeyboard"
msgstr "XKeyboard"
#~ msgid "FreeBSD port"
#~ msgstr "Προσαρμογή στο FreeBSD"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select a layout in the list box to the left and click this button to "
#~ "change the icon for a layout"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Επιλέξτε μια διάταξη στο κουτί λίστας στα αριστερά και κάντε κλικ σε αυτό "
#~ "το κουμπί για να αλλάξετε το εικονίδιο μιας διάταξης"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select a layout in the list box to the left and click this button to set "
#~ "layout as default"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Επιλέξτε μια διάταξη στο κουτί λίστας στα αριστερά και κάντε κλικ σε αυτό "
#~ "το κουμπί για να ορίσετε τη διάταξη ως προκαθορισμένη"
#~ msgid "Use per-window layout"
#~ msgstr "Χρήση διάταξης ανά-παράθυρο"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When this checkbox is checked, each window has its own current keyboard "
#~ "layout. When it's unchecked, the current layout affects all windows"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Όταν αυτό το κουτί επιλογής είναι τσεκαρισμένο κάθε παράθυρο έχει τη δική "
#~ "του διάταξη πληκτρολογίου. Όταν δεν είναι τσεκαρισμένο η τρέχουσα διάταξη "
#~ "επηρεάζει όλα τα παράθυρα"

Binary file not shown.

@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
# translation of kkbswitch-he.po to
# translation of kkbswitch.po to
# translation of kkbswitch.po to
# translation of kkbswitch.po to
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Igal <koala@linux.net>, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kkbswitch-he\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-15 23:49+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-28 22:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Igal <koala@linux.net>\n"
"Language-Team: <en@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9\n"
#: kbconfig.cpp:85
msgid "<Unnamed>"
msgstr "<ללא שם>"
#: kbconfig.cpp:101
msgid "Activate %1 keyboard layout"
msgstr "הפעל פריסת מקלדת %1"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:116
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&ראשי"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:120
msgid "Available &keyboard layouts:"
msgstr "פריסות מקלדת זמינות:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:132
msgid ""
"This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a "
"layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default "
"with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" "
"button to set the default layout."
msgstr ""
"רשימה זו מציגה את פריסות המקלדת הזמינות במערכת שלך.\n"
"בחר פריסה ולחץ על כפתור \"שנה סמל...\" לשינוי הסמל לפריסה.\n"
"אם הגדרת סמל שלא מברירת המחדל, באפשרותך להגדיר מחדש את סמל ברירת המחדל בעזרת הכפתור \"השתמש בסמל ברירת המחדל\".\n"
"הפריסה שמודגשת היא ברירת המחדל. השתמש בכפתור \"קבע כברירת המחדל\" לקביעת ברירת המחדל."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:141
msgid "Cha&nge Icon..."
msgstr "שנ&ה סמל..."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:144
msgid ""
"Click this button to change the icon for the layout selected in the list box "
"to the left."
msgstr "לחץ על הכפתור הזה לשינוי סמל הפריסה שסומנה ברשימה מימין."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:147
msgid "Use &Default Icon"
msgstr "השתמש בסמל &ברירת המחדל"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:150
msgid ""
"Click this button to use default icon for the layout selected in the list "
"box to the left."
msgstr "לחץ על הכפתור הזה כדי להשתמש בסמל ברירת המחדל לפריסה שסומנה ברשימה מימין."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:153
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "&קבע כברירת המחדל"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:156
msgid ""
"Cick this button to set the layout selected in the list box to the left as "
"the default"
msgstr "לחץ על הכפתור הזה כדי לקבוע את הפריסה שסומנה ברשימה מימין כברירת מחדל"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:162
msgid "Layout &icon style:"
msgstr "סגנון &סמל הפריסה:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:167
msgid "Country flag"
msgstr "דגל מדינה"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:168
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "קוד שפה"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:169
msgid "Flag and code"
msgstr "דגל וקוד"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:173
msgid ""
"<p>Select the style of icons representing the current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - "
"displays the corresponding contry flag<li><b>Language code</b> - displays "
"the language ISO 2-letter code<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the "
"language code superimposed over the country flag.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p dir=rtl>בחר את סגנון הסמלים המציגים את פריסת המקלדת הנוכחית.\n"
"באפשרותך לבחור מהסגנונות הבאים:<li><b>דגל מדינה</b> - "
"מציג את דגל המדינה המתאימה<li><b>קוד שפה</b> - "
"מציג את קוד האותיות של השפה לפי התקן ISO 2<li><b>דגל וקוד</b> - מציג את קוד האותיות מלווה בדגל המדינה.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:181
msgid "&Layout applies to:"
msgstr "&הפריסה חלה על:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:186
msgid "All windows"
msgstr "כל החלונות"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:187
msgid "Windows of one application"
msgstr "חלונות של תוכנה אחת"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:188
msgid "One window"
msgstr "חלון אחד"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:191
msgid ""
"<p>Select what windows the currently selected keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your "
"desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; "
"each application can have its own layout. When you switch between "
"applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can "
"have its own layout. When you switch between windows, layout follows the "
"active window.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p dir=rtl>בחר על אילו חלונות חלה פריסת המקלדת הנוכחית:\n"
"<ul><li><b>כל החלונות "
"</b> - פריסה אחת חלה על כל החלונות על שולחן העבודה שלך "
"\n"
"<li><b>חלונות של תכנה אחת "
"</b> - הפריסה חלה על תכנה אחת, לכל תכנה תהיה פריסה משלה. כאשר הנך עובר בין התכנות, הפריסה תעקוב אחר התכנה הפעילה "
"\n"
"<li><b>חלון אחד "
"</b> - הפריסה חלה על חלון אחד בלבד, לכל חלון תהיה פריסה משלו. כאשר הנך עובר בין החלונות, הפריסה תעקוב אחר החלון הפעיל. "
"</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:199
msgid "Use \"&Toggle Mode\""
msgstr "השתמש ב-\"&מצב חלופי\""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:201
msgid ""
"Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard layouts defined. "
"When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two "
"most frequently used layouts. To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray "
"popup menu"
msgstr ""
"מצב חלופי שימושי כאשר מוגדרות יותר משתי פריסות מקלדת. "
"כאשר המצב החלופי מופעל הפריסה הרגילה מעבירה בין שתי הפריסות התכופות ביותר. להפעלת פריסות אחרות השתמש בתפריט קופץ של KKBSwitch במגש המערכת"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:211
msgid "A&utostart"
msgstr "הפעלה או&טומטית"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:213
msgid ""
"When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch will start automatically when you "
"log in"
msgstr "כאשר תיבת סימון זו מסומנת, KKBSwitch תפעל אוטומטית כאשר הנך נכנס למערכת"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:219
msgid "Sho&rtcuts"
msgstr "קיצורי מ&קשים"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:220
msgid "Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"
msgstr "השתמש בקיצורי מקשים ל&הפעלת פריסות מקלדת"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:222
msgid ""
"Check this checkbox to be able to quickly activate any keyboard layout with "
"keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox is checked, you can adjust the "
"shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. Especially useful if you have three "
"or four keyboard layouts configured"
msgstr ""
"סמן תיבת סימון זו כדי להפעיל במהירות פריסת מקלדת בעזרת קיצורי מקשים. "
"לאחר שתיבת הסימון סומנה, הנך יכול להסדיר את קיצורי המקשים בשדה בחירה למטה. שימושי במיוחד במידה והגדרת שלוש או ארבע פריסות מקלדת."
#: kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:34 kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBConfigDlg"
msgstr "KBConfigDlg"
#: kbconfig.moc.cpp:42 kbconfig.moc.cpp:47
msgid "KBConfig"
msgstr "KBConfig"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:42
msgid "Pick an icon"
msgstr "בחר סמל"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:50
msgid "Select one of the icons"
msgstr "בחר אחד הסמלים"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:52
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&עיין..."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:54
msgid "Browse for an image file to use as an icon"
msgstr "חפש תמונה לשימוש כסמל"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:90
msgid ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|All files (*.*)"
msgstr ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|כל הקבצים (*.*)"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:101
msgid ""
"The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n"
msgstr ""
"גודל התמונה (%1 על %2) אינו מתאים.\n"
"הגודל המועדף לסמלי הפריסה הוא %3 על %4.\n"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:106
msgid " and also too wide"
msgstr " ובנוסף רחב מדי"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:107
msgid " and also too narrow"
msgstr " ובנוסף צר מדי"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:108
msgid "This image is too big%1."
msgstr "תמונה זו גדולה מדי%1."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:110
msgid "This image is too wide."
msgstr "תמונה זו רחבה מדי."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:111
msgid "This image is too narrow."
msgstr "תמונה זו צרה מדי."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:113
msgid ""
"KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look "
"very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?"
msgstr ""
"כעת KKBSwitch תשנה את זה לגודל המתאים, אך התוצאה עלולה לא להיראות טוב.\n"
"האם הנך בטוח שברצונך להשתמש בתמונה זו?"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:126
msgid ""
"Cannot read icon from file %1. Either it is not an image file or it is "
"corrupt."
msgstr "אין אפשרות לקרוא סמל מתוך הקובץ %1. ככל הנראה זהו אינו קובץ תמונה או פגום."
#: kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:34 kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBPickIconDlg"
msgstr "KBPickIconDlg"
#: kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchApp"
msgstr "KBSwitchApp"
#: kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchIntf"
msgstr "KBSwitchIntf"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.cpp:91 main.cpp:27 main.cpp:41
msgid "Keyboard Switch"
msgstr "Keyboard Switch"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
msgstr "סמל מגש המערכת של KBSwitch"
#: main.cpp:44
msgid "Creator and maintainer"
msgstr "יוצר ומתחזק"
#: main.cpp:45
msgid "Default group config and per-window groups"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:47
msgid "FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"
msgstr "הסבה ל-FreeBSD, הצעות של תכונות"
#: main.cpp:48
msgid "Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"
msgstr "הצעות של תכונות, תרגום אוקראיני"
#: main.cpp:50
msgid "Autostart patch"
msgstr "תוסף הפעלה אוטומטית"
#: main.cpp:51
msgid "Greek translation"
msgstr "תרגום יווני"
#: main.cpp:52
msgid "Slovak translation"
msgstr "תרגום סלובקי"
#: singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "SingleWindowWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1
msgid ""
"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your names"
msgstr "Koala"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3
msgid ""
"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your emails"
msgstr "igalfr@gmail.com"
#: windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowClassWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: windowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: xkeyboard.cpp:42
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n"
msgstr ""
"תכנה זו נבנתה מול ספריית XKB\n"
"גירסה %1.%2, אך פועלת גם עם גירסה %3.%4.\n"
"זה יכול לגרום למספר בעיות ואפילו\n"
"לכשל תפקוד\n"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:51
msgid ""
"The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n"
msgstr ""
#: xkeyboard.moc.cpp:34 xkeyboard.moc.cpp:42
msgid "XKeyboard"
msgstr "XKeyboard"

@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-15 23:49+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#: kbconfig.cpp:85
msgid "<Unnamed>"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfig.cpp:101
msgid "Activate %1 keyboard layout"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:116
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:120
msgid "Available &keyboard layouts:"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:132
msgid ""
"This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a "
"layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default "
"with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" "
"button to set the default layout."
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:141
msgid "Cha&nge Icon..."
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:144
msgid ""
"Click this button to change the icon for the layout selected in the list box "
"to the left."
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:147
msgid "Use &Default Icon"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:150
msgid ""
"Click this button to use default icon for the layout selected in the list "
"box to the left."
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:153
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:156
msgid ""
"Cick this button to set the layout selected in the list box to the left as "
"the default"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:162
msgid "Layout &icon style:"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:167
msgid "Country flag"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:168
msgid "Language code"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:169
msgid "Flag and code"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:173
msgid ""
"<p>Select the style of icons representing the current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - "
"displays the corresponding contry flag<li><b>Language code</b> - displays "
"the language ISO 2-letter code<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the "
"language code superimposed over the country flag.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:181
msgid "&Layout applies to:"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:186
msgid "All windows"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:187
msgid "Windows of one application"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:188
msgid "One window"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:191
msgid ""
"<p>Select what windows the currently selected keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your "
"desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; "
"each application can have its own layout. When you switch between "
"applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can "
"have its own layout. When you switch between windows, layout follows the "
"active window.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:199
msgid "Use \"&Toggle Mode\""
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:201
msgid ""
"Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard layouts defined. "
"When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two "
"most frequently used layouts. To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray "
"popup menu"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:211
msgid "A&utostart"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:213
msgid ""
"When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch will start automatically when you "
"log in"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:219
msgid "Sho&rtcuts"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:220
msgid "Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:222
msgid ""
"Check this checkbox to be able to quickly activate any keyboard layout with "
"keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox is checked, you can adjust the "
"shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. Especially useful if you have three "
"or four keyboard layouts configured"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:34 kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBConfigDlg"
msgstr ""
#: kbconfig.moc.cpp:42 kbconfig.moc.cpp:47
msgid "KBConfig"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:42
msgid "Pick an icon"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:50
msgid "Select one of the icons"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:52
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:54
msgid "Browse for an image file to use as an icon"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:90
msgid ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|All files (*.*)"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:101
msgid ""
"The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:106
msgid " and also too wide"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:107
msgid " and also too narrow"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:108
msgid "This image is too big%1."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:110
msgid "This image is too wide."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:111
msgid "This image is too narrow."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:113
msgid ""
"KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look "
"very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?"
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:126
msgid ""
"Cannot read icon from file %1. Either it is not an image file or it is "
"corrupt."
msgstr ""
#: kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:34 kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBPickIconDlg"
msgstr ""
#: kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchApp"
msgstr ""
#: kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchIntf"
msgstr ""
#: kbswitchtrayicon.cpp:91 main.cpp:27 main.cpp:41
msgid "Keyboard Switch"
msgstr ""
#: kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:44
msgid "Creator and maintainer"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:45
msgid "Default group config and per-window groups"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:47
msgid "FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:48
msgid "Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:50
msgid "Autostart patch"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:51
msgid "Greek translation"
msgstr ""
#: main.cpp:52
msgid "Slovak translation"
msgstr ""
#: singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "SingleWindowWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1
msgid ""
"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your names"
msgstr ""
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3
msgid ""
"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your emails"
msgstr ""
#: windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowClassWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: windowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowWatcher"
msgstr ""
#: xkeyboard.cpp:42
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n"
msgstr ""
#: xkeyboard.cpp:51
msgid ""
"The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n"
msgstr ""
#: xkeyboard.moc.cpp:34 xkeyboard.moc.cpp:42
msgid "XKeyboard"
msgstr ""

Binary file not shown.

@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
# translation of ru.po to Russian
# translation of .po to Russian
# translation of kkbswitch.po to Russian
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>, 2003, 2004.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ru\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-15 23:49+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-15 23:51GMT\n"
"Last-Translator: Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <ru@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
#: kbconfig.cpp:85
msgid "<Unnamed>"
msgstr "<Без имени>"
#: kbconfig.cpp:101
msgid "Activate %1 keyboard layout"
msgstr "Включить раскладку %1"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:116
msgid "&General"
msgstr "О&бщие"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:120
msgid "Available &keyboard layouts:"
msgstr "Доступные &раскладки клавиатуры:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:132
msgid ""
"This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a "
"layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default "
"with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" "
"button to set the default layout."
msgstr ""
"Этот список показывает раскладки клавиатуры, доступные в вашей системе.\n"
"Выберите раскладку и нажмите кнопку \"Смена значка\", чтобы сменить значок "
"для данной раскладки.\n"
"Если вы установили нестандартный значок для раскладки, вы можете вернуться к "
"стандартному значку, нажав кнопку \"Стандартный значок\".\n"
"Раскладка, выделенная жирным шрифтом, используется по умолчанию (т.е. "
"устанавливается при старте программы). Нажмите кнопку \"Использовать по "
"умолчанию\", чтобы задать раскладку по умолчанию."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:141
msgid "Cha&nge Icon..."
msgstr "Смена &значка..."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:144
msgid ""
"Click this button to change the icon for the layout selected in the list box "
"to the left."
msgstr ""
"Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы задать значок.для раскладки, выбранной в списке "
"слева. "
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:147
msgid "Use &Default Icon"
msgstr "С&тандартный значок"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:150
msgid ""
"Click this button to use default icon for the layout selected in the list "
"box to the left."
msgstr "Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы задать для выбранной раскладки стандартный значок."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:153
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Использовать по &умолчанию"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:156
msgid ""
"Cick this button to set the layout selected in the list box to the left as "
"the default"
msgstr ""
"Нажмите эту кнопку, чтобы сделать раскладку, выбранную в списке слева, "
"раскладкой по умолчанию."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:162
msgid "Layout &icon style:"
msgstr "Стиль значков &раскладок:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:167
msgid "Country flag"
msgstr "Флаг страны"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:168
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "Код языка"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:169
msgid "Flag and code"
msgstr "Флаг и код"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:173
msgid ""
"<p>Select the style of icons representing the current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - "
"displays the corresponding contry flag<li><b>Language code</b> - displays "
"the language ISO 2-letter code<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the "
"language code superimposed over the country flag.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Выберите стиль значков, обозначающих текущую раскладку клавиатуры\n"
"Вы можете выбрать из следующих стилей: <ul> <li><b>Флаг страны</b> - "
"изображается соответствующий флажок страны <li><b>Код языка</b> - "
"изображается двухбуквенный ISO-код языка <li><b>Флаг и код</b> - "
"изображается флажок и код языка поверх него.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:181
msgid "&Layout applies to:"
msgstr "Раскладка &действует для:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:186
msgid "All windows"
msgstr "Все окна"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:187
msgid "Windows of one application"
msgstr "Окна одного приложения"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:188
msgid "One window"
msgstr "Одно окно"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:191
msgid ""
"<p>Select what windows the currently selected keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your "
"desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; "
"each application can have its own layout. When you switch between "
"applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can "
"have its own layout. When you switch between windows, layout follows the "
"active window.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Выберите, на какие окна действует текущая раскладка:\n"
"<ul><li><b>Все окна</b> - текущая раскладка действует на все окна на вашем "
"рабочем столе\n"
"<li><b>Окна одного приложения</b> - раскладка действует на приложение; "
"каждое приложение может иметь свою раскладку. Когда вы переключаетесь между "
"приложениями, раскладка соответствует активному приложению\n"
"<li><b>Одно окно</b> - раскладка действует на окно; каждое окно может иметь "
"свою раскладку. Когда вы переключаетесь между окнами, раскладка "
"соответствует активному окну.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:199
msgid "Use \"&Toggle Mode\""
msgstr "Режим пере&ключателя"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:201
msgid ""
"Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard layouts defined. "
"When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two "
"most frequently used layouts. To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray "
"popup menu"
msgstr ""
"\"Режим переключателя\" полезен, если у вас установлено более двух "
"раскладок. Когда режим переключателя включен, клавиша переключения раскладок "
"переключает между двумя наиболее часто используемыми раскладками. Чтобы "
"выбрать одну из остальных раскладок, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на значке "
"KKBSwitch на панели KDE "
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:211
msgid "A&utostart"
msgstr "&Автозапуск"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:213
msgid ""
"When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch will start automatically when you "
"log in"
msgstr ""
"Если этот флажок выставлен, то KKBSwitch запустится автоматически при входе "
"в систему"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:219
msgid "Sho&rtcuts"
msgstr "Быстрые &клавиши"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:220
msgid "Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"
msgstr "&Использовать быстрые клавиши для включения раскладок"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:222
msgid ""
"Check this checkbox to be able to quickly activate any keyboard layout with "
"keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox is checked, you can adjust the "
"shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. Especially useful if you have three "
"or four keyboard layouts configured"
msgstr ""
"Если этот флажок отмечен, то вы получаете возможность быстро включить "
"определенную раскладку с помощью быстрой клавиши. После того как флажок "
"отмечен, настройте быстрые клавиши в поле внизу. Эта возможность особенно "
"полезна, если вы сконфигурировали три или четыре раскладки."
#: kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:34 kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBConfigDlg"
msgstr "KBConfigDlg"
#: kbconfig.moc.cpp:42 kbconfig.moc.cpp:47
msgid "KBConfig"
msgstr "KBConfig"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:42
msgid "Pick an icon"
msgstr "Выбор значка"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:50
msgid "Select one of the icons"
msgstr "Выберите один из значков"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:52
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Просмотр..."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:54
msgid "Browse for an image file to use as an icon"
msgstr "Выберите графический файл для использования в качестве значка"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:90
msgid ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|All files (*.*)"
msgstr ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Графические файлы (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|Все файлы (*.*)"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:101
msgid ""
"The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n"
msgstr ""
"У этой картинки неподходящий размер (%1 на %2).\n"
"Предпочтительный размер для значков - %3 на %4.\n"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:106
msgid " and also too wide"
msgstr "и слишком широка"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:107
msgid " and also too narrow"
msgstr "и слишком узка"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:108
msgid "This image is too big%1."
msgstr "Эта картинка слишком велика%1."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:110
msgid "This image is too wide."
msgstr "Эта картинка слишком широка."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:111
msgid "This image is too narrow."
msgstr "Эта картинка слишком узка."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:113
msgid ""
"KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look "
"very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?"
msgstr ""
"KKBSwitch преобразует ее к подходящему размеру, но результат может быть не "
"очень красивым.\n"
"Вы уверены, что хотите использовать эту картинку?"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:126
msgid ""
"Cannot read icon from file %1. Either it is not an image file or it is "
"corrupt."
msgstr ""
"Не могу прочитать значок из файла %1. Или это не графический файл, или он "
"поврежден."
#: kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:34 kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBPickIconDlg"
msgstr "KBPickIconDlg"
#: kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchApp"
msgstr "KBSwitchApp"
#: kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchIntf"
msgstr "KBSwitchIntf"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.cpp:91 main.cpp:27 main.cpp:41
msgid "Keyboard Switch"
msgstr "Индикатор раскладки"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
msgstr "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
#: main.cpp:44
msgid "Creator and maintainer"
msgstr "Создатель и основной разработчик"
#: main.cpp:45
msgid "Default group config and per-window groups"
msgstr ""
"Конфигурация раскладки по умолчанию\n"
"и установка раскладки для каждого окна"
#: main.cpp:47
msgid "FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"
msgstr "FreeBSD-порт, подсказал новые возможности"
#: main.cpp:48
msgid "Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"
msgstr "Подсказал новые возможности, перевод на украинский язык"
#: main.cpp:50
msgid "Autostart patch"
msgstr "Патч для автозапуска"
#: main.cpp:51
msgid "Greek translation"
msgstr "Перевод на греческий язык"
#: main.cpp:52
msgid "Slovak translation"
msgstr "Перевод на словацкий язык"
#: singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "SingleWindowWatcher"
msgstr "SingleWindowWatcher"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1
msgid ""
"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your names"
msgstr "Леонид Цейтлин"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3
msgid ""
"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your emails"
msgstr "lz@europe.com"
#: windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowClassWatcher"
msgstr "WindowClassWatcher"
#: windowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowWatcher"
msgstr "WindowWatcher"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:42
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n"
msgstr ""
"Эта программа была скомпилирована с библиотекой XKB версии %1.%2,\n"
"а запускается с библиотекой версии %3.%4.\n"
"Это может привести к различным проблемам, вплоть до полной невозможности "
"использовать программу.\n"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:51
msgid ""
"The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n"
msgstr ""
"X сервер не поддерживает расширение XKB. Либо сервер вообще не имеет\n"
" поддержки XKB, либо эта поддержка была выключена.\n"
"Программа не будет работать с этим сервером.\n"
#: xkeyboard.moc.cpp:34 xkeyboard.moc.cpp:42
msgid "XKeyboard"
msgstr "XKeyboard"
#~ msgid "FreeBSD port"
#~ msgstr "FreeBSD порт"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select a layout in the list box to the left and click this button to "
#~ "change the icon for a layout"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Чтобы сменить значок для раскладки, выберите ее в списке доступных "
#~ "раскладок и нажмите эту кнопку"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Select a layout in the list box to the left and click this button to set "
#~ "layout as default"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Чтобы задать раскладку по умолчанию, выберите ее в списке доступных "
#~ "раскладок и нажмите эту кнопку"
#~ msgid "Use per-window layout"
#~ msgstr "Отдельные раскладки окон"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When this checkbox is checked, each window has its own current keyboard "
#~ "layout. When it's unchecked, the current layout affects all windows"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Когда этот флажок отмечен, каждое окно запоминает свою собственную "
#~ "раскладку. Когда он выключен, раскладка устанавливается глобально, для "
#~ "всех окон"
#~ msgid "Kkbswitch"
#~ msgstr "Kkbswitch"

Binary file not shown.

@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
# Slovak translation of KKBSwitch 1.4
# Michal Šulek <reloadshot@atlas.sk>, 2004.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: sk\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-15 23:49+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-16 09:11+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Michal Šulek <realodshot@atlas.sk>\n"
"Language-Team: sk <sk-i18n@lists.linux.sk>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
#: kbconfig.cpp:85
msgid "<Unnamed>"
msgstr "<Nepomenovaný>"
#: kbconfig.cpp:101
msgid "Activate %1 keyboard layout"
msgstr "Aktivovať rozloženie klávesnice %1"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:116
msgid "&General"
msgstr "&Všeobecné"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:120
msgid "Available &keyboard layouts:"
msgstr "Dostupné rozloženia &klávesnice:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:132
msgid ""
"This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a "
"layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default "
"with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" "
"button to set the default layout."
msgstr ""
"Tento zoznam obsahuje rozloženia klávesnice dostupné vo vašom systéme.\n"
"Vyberte rozloženie klávesnice a tlačitkom\"Zmeniť ikonu...\" zmente ikonu "
"pre rozloženie.\n"
"Ak ste nastavili nesprávnu ikonu, môžete vrátiť ikonu na štandardnú "
"tlačítkom \"Použiť štandardnú ikonu\".\n"
"Rozloženie zobrazené tučne je východzie rozloženie. Pre nastavenie "
"rozloženiaklávesnice ako východzie použite tlačítko \"Nastaviť ako východzie\"."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:141
msgid "Cha&nge Icon..."
msgstr "Zmeniť &ikonu..."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:144
msgid ""
"Click this button to change the icon for the layout selected in the list box "
"to the left."
msgstr "Kliknite na toto tlačítko pre zmenu ikony rozloženia."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:147
msgid "Use &Default Icon"
msgstr "Použiť š&tandardnú ikonu"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:150
msgid ""
"Click this button to use default icon for the layout selected in the list "
"box to the left."
msgstr "Kliknite na toto tlačítko pre zmenu ikony na štandardnú."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:153
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "&Nastaviť ako východzie"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:156
msgid ""
"Cick this button to set the layout selected in the list box to the left as "
"the default"
msgstr "Kliknite na toto tlačítko pre nastavenie rozloženia ako východzie"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:162
msgid "Layout &icon style:"
msgstr "Štýl ikony &rozloženia:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:167
msgid "Country flag"
msgstr "Vlajka štátu"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:168
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "Kód jazyka"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:169
msgid "Flag and code"
msgstr "Vlajka a kód"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:173
msgid ""
"<p>Select the style of icons representing the current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - "
"displays the corresponding contry flag<li><b>Language code</b> - displays "
"the language ISO 2-letter code<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the "
"language code superimposed over the country flag.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vyberte štýl ikony, ktorá reprezentuje aktuálne rozloženie klávesnice.\n"
"Môžete si zvoliť z nasledujúcich štýlov:<ul><li><b>Vlajka štátu</b> - "
"ukazuje odpovedajúcu vlajku štátu<li><b>Kód jazyka</b> - ukazuje 2 písmenový "
"kód jazyka<li><b>Vlajka a kód</b> - ukazuje kód jazyka prekrývajúci vlajku "
"štátu.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:181
msgid "&Layout applies to:"
msgstr "Rozloženie &aplikovať na:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:186
msgid "All windows"
msgstr "Všetky okná"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:187
msgid "Windows of one application"
msgstr "Okná jednej aplikácie"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:188
msgid "One window"
msgstr "Jedno okno"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:191
msgid ""
"<p>Select what windows the currently selected keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your "
"desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; "
"each application can have its own layout. When you switch between "
"applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can "
"have its own layout. When you switch between windows, layout follows the "
"active window.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Vyberte na ktoré okná sa aplikuje aktuálne rozloženie klávesnice:\n"
"<ul><li><b>Všetky okná</b> - jedno rozloženie aplikované na všetky okná "
"vášho desktopu\n"
"<li><b>Okná jednej aplikácie</b> - rozloženie aplikované na jednu aplikáciu; "
"každá aplikácia môže mať vlastné rozloženie. Keď prepínate medzi "
"aplikáciami, rozloženie nasleduje aktívnu aplikáciu\n"
"<li><b>Jedno okno</b> - rozloženie aplikované iba na jedno okno; každé okno "
"môže mať vlastné rozloženie. Keď prepínate medzi oknami, rozloženie "
"nasleduje aktívne okno.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:199
msgid "Use \"&Toggle Mode\""
msgstr "Použiť \"Prepínací &mód\""
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:201
msgid ""
"Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard layouts defined. "
"When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two "
"most frequently used layouts. To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray "
"popup menu"
msgstr ""
"Prepínací mód je užitočný ak máte definované viac ako dve rozloženia "
"klávesnice. Ak je prepínací mód zapnutý, prepínanie klávesnice prebieha "
"medzi dvoma najčastejšie používanými rozloženiami. Aktivovanie ďalších "
"rozložení prebieha pomocou kontextového menu KKBSwitch na ikonu v KDE panely"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:211
msgid "A&utostart"
msgstr "A&utomatický štart"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:213
msgid ""
"When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch will start automatically when you "
"log in"
msgstr "Ak je toto začiarknuté, KKBSwitch sa automaticky spustí po prihlásení"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:219
msgid "Sho&rtcuts"
msgstr "&Skratky"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:220
msgid "Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"
msgstr "Použiť skratky, ktoré aktivujú rozloženia klávesnice"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:222
msgid ""
"Check this checkbox to be able to quickly activate any keyboard layout with "
"keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox is checked, you can adjust the "
"shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. Especially useful if you have three "
"or four keyboard layouts configured"
msgstr ""
"Začiarknutím tejto voľby budete môcť aktivovať ktorékoľvek rozloženie "
"klávesnice cez klávesovú skratku. Ak je začiarknutá táto voľba, môžete "
"prispôsobiť skratky pomocou panelu nižšie. Je to obzvlášť užitočné, ak máte "
"nakonfigurované tri alebo štyri rozloženia klávesnice"
#: kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:34 kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBConfigDlg"
msgstr "KBConfigDlg"
#: kbconfig.moc.cpp:42 kbconfig.moc.cpp:47
msgid "KBConfig"
msgstr "KBConfig"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:42
msgid "Pick an icon"
msgstr "Vyberte ikonu"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:50
msgid "Select one of the icons"
msgstr "Vyberte jednu z ikon"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:52
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Prechádzať..."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:54
msgid "Browse for an image file to use as an icon"
msgstr "Načíta obrázok, ktorý sa použije ako ikona"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:90
msgid ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|All files (*.*)"
msgstr ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Ikony (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|Všetky súbory (*.*)"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:101
msgid ""
"The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n"
msgstr ""
"Rozmer obrázku (%1 x %2) nie je správny.\n"
"Preferovaný rozmer ikony je %3 x %4.\n"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:106
msgid " and also too wide"
msgstr " a tiež príliš široký"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:107
msgid " and also too narrow"
msgstr " a tiež príliš úzky"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:108
msgid "This image is too big%1."
msgstr "Tento obrázok je príliš veľký %1."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:110
msgid "This image is too wide."
msgstr "Tento obrázok je príliš široký."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:111
msgid "This image is too narrow."
msgstr "Tento obrázok je príliš úzky."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:113
msgid ""
"KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look "
"very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?"
msgstr ""
"KKBSwitch zmení rozmery obrázku na primerané, ale výsledok nemusí vyzerať "
"veľmi dobre.\n"
"Ste si istý, že chcete použiť tento obrázok?"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:126
msgid ""
"Cannot read icon from file %1. Either it is not an image file or it is "
"corrupt."
msgstr ""
"Nie je možné čítať ikonu zo súboru %1. Buď to nie je obrázok alebo je "
"poškodený."
#: kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:34 kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBPickIconDlg"
msgstr "KBPickIconDlg"
#: kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchApp"
msgstr "KBSwitchApp"
#: kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchIntf"
msgstr "KBSwitchIntf"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.cpp:91 main.cpp:27 main.cpp:41
msgid "Keyboard Switch"
msgstr "KKBSwitch"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
msgstr "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
#: main.cpp:44
msgid "Creator and maintainer"
msgstr "Tvorca a udržovateľ"
#: main.cpp:45
msgid "Default group config and per-window groups"
msgstr "Default group config and per-window groups"
#: main.cpp:47
msgid "FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"
msgstr "Port na FreeBSD, návrhy funkcií"
#: main.cpp:48
msgid "Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"
msgstr "Návrhy funkcií, Ukrajinský preklad"
#: main.cpp:50
msgid "Autostart patch"
msgstr "Patch Automatický štart"
#: main.cpp:51
msgid "Greek translation"
msgstr "Grécky preklad"
#: main.cpp:52
msgid "Slovak translation"
msgstr "Slovenský preklad"
#: singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "SingleWindowWatcher"
msgstr "SingleWindowWatcher"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1
msgid ""
"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your names"
msgstr "Michal Šulek"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3
msgid ""
"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your emails"
msgstr "reloadshot@atlas.sk"
#: windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowClassWatcher"
msgstr "WindowClassWatcher"
#: windowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowWatcher"
msgstr "WindowWatcher"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:42
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n"
msgstr ""
"Tento program bol vytvorený s knižnicou XKB verzie %1.%2, \n"
"ale beží s knižnicou verzie %3.%4.\n"
"To môže spôsobiť rôzne problémy a dokonca kompletné zlyhanie\n"
"funkcie\n"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:51
msgid ""
"The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n"
msgstr ""
"X Server nepodporuje kompatibilné rozšírenie XKB.\n"
"Buď XKB server nepodporuje, alebo bolo rozšírenie vypnuté.\n"
"Program by správne nepracoval so serverom a preto bude teraz ukončený\n"
#: xkeyboard.moc.cpp:34 xkeyboard.moc.cpp:42
msgid "XKeyboard"
msgstr "XKeyboard"

Binary file not shown.

@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
# translation of uk.po to
# translation of uk.po to
# translation of uk.po to Ukrainian
# translation of uk.po to Russian
# translation of uk.po to
# translation of uk.po to Українська
# translation of ua.po to Русский
# translation of ua.po to Українська
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER.
# Vadim Kriklivy <analitic@vinnitsa.com>, 2003, 2004.
# Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>, 2004.
#
#
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: uk\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-06-15 23:49+0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-06-15 23:51GMT\n"
"Last-Translator: Leonid Zeitlin <lz@europe.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Russian <ru@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.3.1\n"
#: kbconfig.cpp:85
msgid "<Unnamed>"
msgstr "<Без імені>"
#: kbconfig.cpp:101
msgid "Activate %1 keyboard layout"
msgstr "Активувати розкладку %1"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:116
msgid "&General"
msgstr "Загальні"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:120
msgid "Available &keyboard layouts:"
msgstr "Доступні &розкладки клавіатури"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:132
msgid ""
"This list box shows keyboard layouts available in your system.\n"
"Select a layout and click \"Change Icon...\" button to change the icon for a "
"layout.\n"
"If you have configured a non-default icon, you can reset the icon to default "
"with \"Use Default Icon\" button.\n"
"The layout shown is bold is the default layout. Use \"Set as default\" "
"button to set the default layout."
msgstr ""
"Цей перелік відображає розкладки клавіатури, які доступні у вашій системі.\n"
"Виберіть розкладку та натисніть кнопку \"Заміна значку\", щоб змінити "
"значок\n"
"для цієї розкладки.\n"
"Розкладка, що виділена жирним шрифтом, використовується за замовчуванням "
"(тобто встанавлюється при старті програми). Натисніть кнопку "
"\"Використовувати за замовчуванням\", щоб встановити уставну розкладку."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:141
msgid "Cha&nge Icon..."
msgstr "Заміна значку..."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:144
msgid ""
"Click this button to change the icon for the layout selected in the list box "
"to the left."
msgstr ""
"Натисніть цю кнопку, щоб задати значок для розкладки, що обрана у списку "
"ліворуч."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:147
msgid "Use &Default Icon"
msgstr "С&тандартний значок"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:150
msgid ""
"Click this button to use default icon for the layout selected in the list "
"box to the left."
msgstr "Натисніть цю кнопку, щоб задати для обраної розкладки стандартний значок."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:153
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Використовувати за замовчуванням"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:156
msgid ""
"Cick this button to set the layout selected in the list box to the left as "
"the default"
msgstr ""
"Натисніть цю кнопку, щоб призначити розкладку, що обрана у списку ліворуч, "
"розкладкою за замовчуванням."
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:162
msgid "Layout &icon style:"
msgstr "Стиль &значків розкладок:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:167
msgid "Country flag"
msgstr "Прапор країни"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:168
msgid "Language code"
msgstr "Код мови"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:169
msgid "Flag and code"
msgstr "Прапор та код"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:173
msgid ""
"<p>Select the style of icons representing the current keyboard layout.\n"
"You can choose from the following styles:<ul><li><b>Country flag</b> - "
"displays the corresponding contry flag<li><b>Language code</b> - displays "
"the language ISO 2-letter code<li><b>Flag and code</b> - displays the "
"language code superimposed over the country flag.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Виберіть стиль значків, що позначають поточну розкладку клавіатури.\n"
"Ви маєте змогу вибрати з наступних стилів: <ul> <li><b>Прапор країни</b> - "
"відображається відповідний прапорець країни <li><b>Код мови</b> - "
"відображається дволітерний ISO-код мови <li><b>Прапор та код</b> - "
"відображається прапорець та поверх нього код мови</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:181
msgid "&Layout applies to:"
msgstr "Розкладка &діє на:"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:186
msgid "All windows"
msgstr "Усі вікна"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:187
msgid "Windows of one application"
msgstr "Вікна одного додатка"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:188
msgid "One window"
msgstr "Одне вікно"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:191
msgid ""
"<p>Select what windows the currently selected keyboard layout applies to:\n"
"<ul><li><b>All windows</b> - one layout applies to all windows on your "
"desktop\n"
"<li><b>Windows of one application</b> - layout applies to one application; "
"each application can have its own layout. When you switch between "
"applications, layout follows the active application\n"
"<li><b>One window</b> - layout applies to one window only; each window can "
"have its own layout. When you switch between windows, layout follows the "
"active window.</ul></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Оберіть на які вікна діє поточна розкладка:\n"
"<ul><li><b>Усі вікна</b> - поточна розкладка діє на всі вікна на вашому "
"робочому столі\n"
"<li><b>Вікна одного додатку</b> - розкладка діє на додаток; кожен додаток "
"може мати свою розкладку. Коли Ви переключаєтеся між додатками, розкладка "
"відповідає активному додатку\n"
"<li><b>Одне вікно</b> - розкладка діє на вікно; кожне вікно може мати свою "
"розкладку. Коли Ви переключаєтеся між вікнами, розкладка відповідає "
"активному вікну.</ul></p>"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:199
msgid "Use \"&Toggle Mode\""
msgstr "Режим перемикача"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:201
msgid ""
"Toggle mode is useful when you have more than two keyboard layouts defined. "
"When toggle mode is on your normal layout switch key toggles between two "
"most frequently used layouts. To activate other layouts use KKBSwitch's tray "
"popup menu"
msgstr ""
"\"Режим перемикача\" корисний, якщо у вас встановлено більш ніж дві "
"розкладки. Якщо режим перемикача ввімкнено, то за допомогою клавіш ви маєте "
"змогу вибирати одну з двох розкладок, що найчастіше використовуються. Щоб "
"вибрати одну з інших розкладок, клацніть правою кнопкою миші на значку "
"KKBSwitch на панелі KDE "
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:211
msgid "A&utostart"
msgstr "Автозапуск"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:213
msgid ""
"When this checkbox is checked, KKBSwitch will start automatically when you "
"log in"
msgstr ""
"Якщо цю функцію активовано, то KKBSwitch запуститься автоматично при вході у "
"систему"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:219
msgid "Sho&rtcuts"
msgstr "Скорочення"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:220
msgid "Use shortcuts to &activate keyboard layouts"
msgstr "Використовувати &скорочення для включення розкладок"
#: kbconfigdlg.cpp:222
msgid ""
"Check this checkbox to be able to quickly activate any keyboard layout with "
"keyboard shorcuts. Once this checkbox is checked, you can adjust the "
"shortcuts at the key chooser pane below. Especially useful if you have three "
"or four keyboard layouts configured"
msgstr ""
"Якщо цю функцію активовано, ви отримуєте можливість швидко вибирати "
"необхідну розкладку за допомогою скорочень. Післе того, як функцію "
"активовано, налаштуйте скорочення у вікні, що розташоване нижче. Ця "
"можливість особливо корисна, якщо ви встановили три або чотири розкладки."
#: kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:34 kbconfigdlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBConfigDlg"
msgstr "KBConfigDlg"
#: kbconfig.moc.cpp:42 kbconfig.moc.cpp:47
msgid "KBConfig"
msgstr "KBConfig"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:42
msgid "Pick an icon"
msgstr "Вибір значку"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:50
msgid "Select one of the icons"
msgstr "Виберіть один зі значків"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:52
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Перегляд..."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:54
msgid "Browse for an image file to use as an icon"
msgstr "Оберіть графічний файл, що буде використовуватися у якості значку"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:90
msgid ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Icon files (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|All files (*.*)"
msgstr ""
"*.png *.jpg *.gif *.xpm|Графічні файли (*.png, *.jpg, *.gif, *.xpm)\n"
"*.*|Усі файли (*.*)"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:101
msgid ""
"The size of this image (%1 by %2) is not good.\n"
"Preferred size for the layout icons is %3 by %4.\n"
msgstr ""
"Ця картинка має непридатний розмір (%1 на %2).\n"
"Оптимальний розмір для значків - %3 на %4.\n"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:106
msgid " and also too wide"
msgstr "та є занадто широкою"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:107
msgid " and also too narrow"
msgstr "та є занадто вузькою"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:108
msgid "This image is too big%1."
msgstr "Ця картинка є занадто великою %1."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:110
msgid "This image is too wide."
msgstr "Ця картинка є занадто широкою."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:111
msgid "This image is too narrow."
msgstr "Ця картинка є занадто вузькою."
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:113
msgid ""
"KKBSwitch will scale it to appropriate size, but the result may not look "
"very good.\n"
"Are you sure you want to use this image?"
msgstr ""
"KKBSwitch змінить її розміри до таких, що вважаються придатними, але "
"результат може виглядати не дуже гарно.\n"
"Ви упевнені, що бажаєте використовувати цю картинку?"
#: kbpickicondlg.cpp:126
msgid ""
"Cannot read icon from file %1. Either it is not an image file or it is "
"corrupt."
msgstr ""
"Не має змоги прочитати значок з файлу %1. Або цей файл не є графічним, або "
"його ушкоджено."
#: kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:34 kbpickicondlg.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBPickIconDlg"
msgstr "KBPickIconDlg"
#: kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchapp.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchApp"
msgstr "KBSwitchApp"
#: kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchintf.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchIntf"
msgstr "KBSwitchIntf"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.cpp:91 main.cpp:27 main.cpp:41
msgid "Keyboard Switch"
msgstr "Індикатор розкладки"
#: kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:34 kbswitchtrayicon.moc.cpp:42
msgid "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
msgstr "KBSwitchTrayIcon"
#: main.cpp:44
msgid "Creator and maintainer"
msgstr "Автор та основний розробник"
#: main.cpp:45
msgid "Default group config and per-window groups"
msgstr ""
"Конфігурація уставної розкладки\n"
"та призначення розкладки для кожного вікна"
#: main.cpp:47
msgid "FreeBSD port, feature suggestions"
msgstr "FreeBSD-порт, підказав нові можливості"
#: main.cpp:48
msgid "Feature suggestions, Ukrainian translation"
msgstr "Підказав нові можливості, переклад українською мовою"
#: main.cpp:50
msgid "Autostart patch"
msgstr "Патч для автозапуску"
#: main.cpp:51
msgid "Greek translation"
msgstr "Переклад грецькою мовою"
#: main.cpp:52
msgid "Slovak translation"
msgstr "Переклад словацькою мовою"
#: singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 singlewindowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "SingleWindowWatcher"
msgstr "SingleWindowWatcher"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:1
msgid ""
"_: NAME OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your names"
msgstr "Вадим Крикливий"
#: _translatorinfo.cpp:3
msgid ""
"_: EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS\n"
"Your emails"
msgstr "analitic@vinnitsa.com"
#: windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowclasswatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowClassWatcher"
msgstr "WindowClassWatcher"
#: windowwatcher.moc.cpp:34 windowwatcher.moc.cpp:42
msgid "WindowWatcher"
msgstr "WindowWatcher"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:42
#, c-format
msgid ""
"This program was built against XKB extension library\n"
"version %1.%2, but is run with the library version %3.%4.\n"
"This may cause various problems and even result in a complete\n"
"failure to function\n"
msgstr ""
"Ця програма була скомпильована з бібліотекою XKB версії %1.%2,\n"
"а запускається з бібліотекою версії %3.%4.\n"
"Це може спричинити різні проблеми, навіть унеможливити використання цієї "
"програми.\n"
#: xkeyboard.cpp:51
msgid ""
"The X Server does not support a compatible XKB extension.\n"
"Either the server is not XKB-capable or the extension was disabled.\n"
"This program would not work with this server, so it will exit now\n"
msgstr ""
"X-сервер не підтримує розширення XKB. Або сервер взагалі не має\n"
" підтримки XKB, або цю підтримку відключено.\n"
"Програма не буде працювати з цим сервером.\n"
#: xkeyboard.moc.cpp:34 xkeyboard.moc.cpp:42
msgid "XKeyboard"
msgstr "XKeyboard"

@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
doc
kkbswitch
kkbswitch.upd
po
Loading…
Cancel
Save